G600 series
Online Manual
English
Contents
Using Online Manual. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Symbols Used in This Document. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Trademarks and Licenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Printing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Default Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Connecting with Wireless Direct. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Easy Understanding Network Connections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Restrictions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Network Connection Tips (Windows/macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Detect Same Printer Name. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Performing/Changing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Performing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Performing/Changing Wired LAN Connection (Ethernet Cable) Settings（Supported models
only）. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Assigning Printer Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
IJ Network Device Setup Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Handling Paper, Originals, Ink Tanks, etc.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Loading Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Loading Envelopes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Loading Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Loading Originals on Platen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Loading Based on Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Supported Originals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Refilling Ink Tanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Refilling Ink Tanks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Checking Ink Level. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Ink Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
If Printing Is Faint or Uneven. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Maintenance Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Cleaning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Deep Print Head Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Aligning the Print Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Performing Maintenance Functions from Your Computer (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Cleaning the Print Heads. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Adjusting Print Head Position. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Replacing Maintenance Cartridge. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Checking Maintenance Cartridge Status on LCD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Safety Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Regulatory Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
WEEE (EU&EEA). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Printer Handling Precautions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Transporting Your Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Keeping Print Quality High. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Main Components and Their Use. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Main Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Front View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Rear View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Inside View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Power Supply. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Checking that Power Is On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Turning the Printer On and Off. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Unplugging the Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
LCD and Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Changing Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Changing the Print Options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Managing the Printer Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Changing the Printer Operation Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Managing the Printer Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Changing the Printer Operation Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Changing Settings from Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Setting Items on Operation Panel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Print settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
LAN settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Other dev. settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Language selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Firmware update. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Reset setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Feed settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Ink level monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
ECO settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Quiet setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
System information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Information about Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Supported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Paper Load Limit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Unsupported Media Types. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Handling Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Before Printing on Art Paper. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Printing from Computer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Printing from Application Software (Windows Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Basic Printing Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Various Printing Methods. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Setting a Page Size and Orientation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Perform Borderless Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Scaled Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Page Layout Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Duplex Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Setting Up Envelope Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Printing on Postcards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Overview of the Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Canon IJ Printer Driver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
Canon IJ Status Monitor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Printer Driver Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Quick Setup Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Main Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Page Setup Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Maintenance Tab Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Installing the MP Drivers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Printing from Application Software (macOS AirPrint). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Perform Borderless Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Printing on Postcards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Adding Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
How to Open Printer Settings Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Displaying the Printing Status Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Deleting the Undesired Print Job. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Removing Printer That Is No Longer Required from List of Printers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297
Printing Using Canon Application Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Paper Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Making Copies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Setting Items for Copying. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Scanning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308
Scanning from Computer (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
IJ Scan Utility Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Scanning Documents and Photos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Creating/Editing PDF Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Scanning in Basic Mode. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Screens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Basic Mode Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Advanced Mode Tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
General Notes (Scanner Driver). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Scanning Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Network Scan Settings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Scanning from Computer (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 349
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility Lite). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
IJ Scan Utility Lite Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
Scanning Documents and Photos. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Scanning Tips. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Frequently Asked Questions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Network FAQ. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
Network Communication Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Cannot Find Printer on Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find Printer Connected via USB). 372
Wireless Router Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Network Key (Password) Unknown. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings. . . . . . . . 377
Printer Settings/Smartphone/Tablet Troubles for Network. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Manually Solved Network Troubles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Checking Network Information of Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Restoring to Factory Defaults. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Problems While Printing (Scanning) from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Cannot Print (Scan) from Smartphone/Tablet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Printing Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Printer Does Not Print. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Ink Does Not Come Out. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
Printer Does Not Pick up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks or Lines. . . . . . . . . . 408
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched/Ink Blots/Paper Curl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Vertical Line Next to Image. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Images Incomplete/Cannot Complete Printing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Back of Paper Is Smudged. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Uneven or Streaked Colors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Scanning Problems (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Scanning Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Scanner Does Not Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Scanning Problems (macOS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Scanning Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Scanner Does Not Work. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
Scanner Driver Does Not Start. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Mechanical Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Printer Does Not Turn On. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
USB Connection Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
Wrong Language Appears in LCD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
Installation and Download Problems. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Updating MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in Network Environment (Windows). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Errors and Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Four-Digit Alphanumeric Characters Appear on LCD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
When Error Occurred. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Message (Support Code) Appears. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443
List of Support Code for Error. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
1300. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
1000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
1070. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
1200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
1368. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
1496. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 459
1640. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
1723. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
1724. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
1725. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 463
1726. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 464
1727. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
Shipping Tape etc. Are Still Attached (1890). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
2114. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
2200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
3252. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
4103. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
5011. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
5012. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
5100. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
5200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
6000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
Symbols Used in This Document
Warning
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in death, serious personal injury, or property damage caused by
incorrect operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Caution
Instructions that, if ignored, could result in personal injury or property damage caused by incorrect
operation of the equipment. These must be observed for safe operation.
Important
Instructions including important information that must be observed to avoid damage and injury or
improper use of the product. Be sure to read these instructions.
Note
Instructions including notes for operation and additional explanations.
Basics
Instructions explaining basic operations of your product.
Note
• Icons may vary depending on your product.
11
Touch-enabled Device Users (Windows)
For touch actions, you need to replace "right-click" in this document with the action set on the operating
system. For example, if the action is set to "press and hold" on your operating system, replace "right-click"
with "press and hold."
12
Trademarks and Licenses
• Microsoft is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation.
• Windows is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Windows Vista is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Microsoft Edge is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or other
countries.
• Internet Explorer is a trademark or registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S. and/or
other countries.
• Mac, Mac OS, macOS, OS X, AirPort, App Store, AirPrint, the AirPrint logo, Safari, Bonjour, iPad, iPad
Air, iPad mini, iPadOS, iPhone and iPod touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and
other countries.
• IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in the U.S. and other countries and is used under
license.
• Google Cloud Print, Google Chrome, Chrome OS, Chromebook, Android, Google Drive, Google Apps
and Google Analytics are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Google Inc. Google Play and
Google Play Logo are trademarks of Google LLC.
• Adobe, Acrobat, Flash, Photoshop, Photoshop Elements, Lightroom, Adobe RGB and Adobe RGB
(1998) are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the United
States and/or other countries.
• Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A. and licensed to Canon Inc.
• Autodesk and AutoCAD are registered trademarks or trademarks of Autodesk, Inc., and/or its
subsidiaries and/or affiliates in the USA and/or other countries.
• QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO WAVE INCORPORATED in Japan and in other
countries.
• USB Type-C™ is a trademark of USB Implementers Forum.
• The Mopria® word mark and the Mopria® Logo are registered and/or unregistered trademarks of Mopria
Alliance, Inc. in the United States and other countries. Unauthorized use is strictly prohibited.
• HP-GL and HP-GL/2 are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Hewlett Packard Company in the
U.S. and/or other countries.
Note
• The formal name of Windows Vista is Microsoft Windows Vista operating system.
Copyright (c) 2003-2015 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
13
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN
NO EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Apache License
Version 2.0, January 2004
http://www.apache.org/licenses/
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR USE, REPRODUCTION, AND DISTRIBUTION
1. Definitions.1.
"License" shall mean the terms and conditions for use, reproduction, and distribution as defined by
Sections 1 through 9 of this document.
"Licensor" shall mean the copyright owner or entity authorized by the copyright owner that is granting
the License.
"Legal Entity" shall mean the union of the acting entity and all other entities that control, are controlled
by, or are under common control with that entity. For the purposes of this definition, "control" means
(i) the power, direct or indirect, to cause the direction or management of such entity, whether by
contract or otherwise, or (ii) ownership of fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding shares, or (iii)
beneficial ownership of such entity.
"You" (or "Your") shall mean an individual or Legal Entity exercising permissions granted by this
License.
"Source" form shall mean the preferred form for making modifications, including but not limited to
software source code, documentation source, and configuration files.
"Object" form shall mean any form resulting from mechanical transformation or translation of a Source
form, including but not limited to compiled object code, generated documentation, and conversions to
other media types.
"Work" shall mean the work of authorship, whether in Source or Object form, made available under
the License, as indicated by a copyright notice that is included in or attached to the work (an example
is provided in the Appendix below).
"Derivative Works" shall mean any work, whether in Source or Object form, that is based on (or
derived from) the Work and for which the editorial revisions, annotations, elaborations, or other
modifications represent, as a whole, an original work of authorship. For the purposes of this License,
Derivative Works shall not include works that remain separable from, or merely link (or bind by name)
to the interfaces of, the Work and Derivative Works thereof.
"Contribution" shall mean any work of authorship, including the original version of the Work
and any modifications or additions to that Work or Derivative Works thereof, that is intentionally
submitted to Licensor for inclusion in the Work by the copyright owner or by an individual or
14
Legal Entity authorized to submit on behalf of the copyright owner. For the purposes of this
definition, "submitted" means any form of electronic, verbal, or written communication sent to the
Licensor or its representatives, including but not limited to communication on electronic mailing lists,
source code control systems, and issue tracking systems that are managed by, or on behalf of,
the Licensor for the purpose of discussing and improving the Work, but excluding communication
that is conspicuously marked or otherwise designated in writing by the copyright owner as "Not a
Contribution."
"Contributor" shall mean Licensor and any individual or Legal Entity on behalf of whom a Contribution
has been received by Licensor and subsequently incorporated within the Work.
2. Grant of Copyright License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor
hereby grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable
copyright license to reproduce, prepare Derivative Works of, publicly display, publicly perform,
sublicense, and distribute the Work and such Derivative Works in Source or Object form.
3. Grant of Patent License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, each Contributor hereby
grants to You a perpetual, worldwide, non-exclusive, no-charge, royalty-free, irrevocable (except
as stated in this section) patent license to make, have made, use, offer to sell, sell, import, and
otherwise transfer the Work, where such license applies only to those patent claims licensable by
such Contributor that are necessarily infringed by their Contribution(s) alone or by combination of
their Contribution(s) with the Work to which such Contribution(s) was submitted. If You institute
patent litigation against any entity (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
the Work or a Contribution incorporated within the Work constitutes direct or contributory patent
infringement, then any patent licenses granted to You under this License for that Work shall terminate
as of the date such litigation is filed.
4. Redistribution. You may reproduce and distribute copies of the Work or Derivative Works thereof in4.
any medium, with or without modifications, and in Source or Object form, provided that You meet the
following conditions:
1. You must give any other recipients of the Work or Derivative Works a copy of this License; and
2. You must cause any modified files to carry prominent notices stating that You changed the files;
and
3. You must retain, in the Source form of any Derivative Works that You distribute, all copyright,
patent, trademark, and attribution notices from the Source form of the Work, excluding those
notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works; and
4. If the Work includes a "NOTICE" text file as part of its distribution, then any Derivative Works4.
that You distribute must include a readable copy of the attribution notices contained within such
NOTICE file, excluding those notices that do not pertain to any part of the Derivative Works, in
at least one of the following places: within a NOTICE text file distributed as part of the Derivative
Works; within the Source form or documentation, if provided along with the Derivative Works;
or, within a display generated by the Derivative Works, if and wherever such third-party notices
normally appear. The contents of the NOTICE file are for informational purposes only and do not
modify the License. You may add Your own attribution notices within Derivative Works that You
distribute, alongside or as an addendum to the NOTICE text from the Work, provided that such
additional attribution notices cannot be construed as modifying the License.
You may add Your own copyright statement to Your modifications and may provide additional or
different license terms and conditions for use, reproduction, or distribution of Your modifications,
or for any such Derivative Works as a whole, provided Your use, reproduction, and distribution of
the Work otherwise complies with the conditions stated in this License.
15
5. Submission of Contributions. Unless You explicitly state otherwise, any Contribution intentionally
submitted for inclusion in the Work by You to the Licensor shall be under the terms and conditions
of this License, without any additional terms or conditions. Notwithstanding the above, nothing herein
shall supersede or modify the terms of any separate license agreement you may have executed with
Licensor regarding such Contributions.
6. Trademarks. This License does not grant permission to use the trade names, trademarks, service
marks, or product names of the Licensor, except as required for reasonable and customary use in
describing the origin of the Work and reproducing the content of the NOTICE file.
7. Disclaimer of Warranty. Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, Licensor provides
the Work (and each Contributor provides its Contributions) on an "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT
WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied, including, without
limitation, any warranties or conditions of TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY,
or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. You are solely responsible for determining the
appropriateness of using or redistributing the Work and assume any risks associated with Your
exercise of permissions under this License.
8. Limitation of Liability. In no event and under no legal theory, whether in tort (including negligence),
contract, or otherwise, unless required by applicable law (such as deliberate and grossly negligent
acts) or agreed to in writing, shall any Contributor be liable to You for damages, including any direct,
indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages of any character arising as a result of this
License or out of the use or inability to use the Work (including but not limited to damages for loss of
goodwill, work stoppage, computer failure or malfunction, or any and all other commercial damages
or losses), even if such Contributor has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
9. Accepting Warranty or Additional Liability. While redistributing the Work or Derivative Works thereof,
You may choose to offer, and charge a fee for, acceptance of support, warranty, indemnity, or other
liability obligations and/or rights consistent with this License. However, in accepting such obligations,
You may act only on Your own behalf and on Your sole responsibility, not on behalf of any other
Contributor, and only if You agree to indemnify, defend, and hold each Contributor harmless for any
liability incurred by, or claims asserted against, such Contributor by reason of your accepting any
such warranty or additional liability.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
---- Part 1: CMU/UCD copyright notice: (BSD like) -----
Copyright 1989, 1991, 1992 by Carnegie Mellon University
Derivative Work - 1996, 1998-2000
Copyright 1996, 1998-2000 The Regents of the University of California
All Rights Reserved
Permission to use, copy, modify and distribute this software and its documentation for any purpose and
without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice appears in all copies and that both
that copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting documentation, and that the name of
CMU and The Regents of the University of California not be used in advertising or publicity pertaining to
distribution of the software without specific written permission.
CMU AND THE REGENTS OF THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES
WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL CMU OR THE REGENTS OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
16
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM THE LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION,
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
---- Part 2: Networks Associates Technology, Inc copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2001-2003, Networks Associates Technology, Inc
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Networks Associates Technology, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 3: Cambridge Broadband Ltd. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Portions of this code are copyright (c) 2001-2003, Cambridge Broadband Ltd.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Cambridge Broadband Ltd. may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from
this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
17
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 4: Sun Microsystems, Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright c 2003 Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa Clara, California 95054, U.S.A. All
rights reserved.
Use is subject to license terms below.
This distribution may include materials developed by third parties.
Sun, Sun Microsystems, the Sun logo and Solaris are trademarks or registered trademarks of Sun
Microsystems, Inc. in the U.S. and other countries.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the Sun Microsystems, Inc. nor the names of its contributors may be used to
endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 5: Sparta, Inc copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2003-2012, Sparta, Inc
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Sparta, Inc nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
18
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 6: Cisco/BUPTNIC copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2004, Cisco, Inc and Information Network Center of Beijing University of Posts and
Telecommunications.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of Cisco, Inc, Beijing University of Posts and Telecommunications, nor the names of
their contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific
prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 7: Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG, 2003 [email protected]
Author: Bernhard Penz <[email protected]>
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
19
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* The name of Fabasoft R&D Software GmbH & Co KG or any of its subsidiaries, brand or product names
may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written
permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO
EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 8: Apple Inc. copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2007 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and
the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. Neither the name of Apple Inc. ("Apple") nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY APPLE AND ITS CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN
NO EVENT SHALL APPLE OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA,
OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF
THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
---- Part 9: ScienceLogic, LLC copyright notice (BSD) -----
Copyright (c) 2009, ScienceLogic, LLC
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
20
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of ScienceLogic, LLC nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or
promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
LEADTOOLS
Copyright (C) 1991-2009 LEAD Technologies, Inc.
CMap Resources
-----------------------------------------------------------
Copyright 1990-2009 Adobe Systems Incorporated.
All rights reserved.
Copyright 1990-2010 Adobe Systems Incorporated.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or
without modification, are permitted provided that the
following conditions are met:
Redistributions of source code must retain the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
provided with the distribution.
Neither the name of Adobe Systems Incorporated nor the names
of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior
written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND
CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
21
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-----------------------------------------------------------
MIT License
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 2000 Computing Research Labs, New Mexico State University
Copyright 2001-2015 Francesco Zappa Nardelli
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COMPUTING
RESEARCH LAB OR NEW MEXICO STATE UNIVERSITY BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES
OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN
THE SOFTWARE.
22
Written by Joel Sherrill <[email protected]>.
COPYRIGHT (c) 1989-2000.
On-Line Applications Research Corporation (OAR).
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any purpose without fee is hereby
granted, provided that this entire notice is included in all copies of any software which is or includes a
copy or modification of this software.
THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY.
IN PARTICULAR, THE AUTHOR MAKES NO REPRESENTATION OR WARRANTY OF ANY KIND
CONCERNING THE MERCHANTABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE OR ITS FITNESS FOR ANY
PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
(1) Red Hat Incorporated
Copyright (c) 1994-2009 Red Hat, Inc. All rights reserved.
This copyrighted material is made available to anyone wishing to use, modify, copy, or redistribute it
subject to the terms and conditions of the BSD License. This program is distributed in the hope that it
will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY expressed or implied, including the implied warranties of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. A copy of this license is available at
http://www.opensource.org/licenses. Any Red Hat trademarks that are incorporated in the source code or
documentation are not subject to the BSD License and may only be used or replicated with the express
permission of Red Hat, Inc.
(2) University of California, Berkeley
Copyright (c) 1981-2000 The Regents of the University of California.
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The FreeType Project LICENSE
23
----------------------------
2006-Jan-27
Copyright 1996-2002, 2006 by
David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg
Introduction
============
The FreeType Project is distributed in several archive packages; some of them may contain, in addition to
the FreeType font engine, various tools and contributions which rely on, or relate to, the FreeType Project.
This license applies to all files found in such packages, and which do not fall under their own explicit
license. The license affects thus the FreeType font engine, the test programs, documentation and
makefiles, at the very least.
This license was inspired by the BSD, Artistic, and IJG (Independent JPEG Group) licenses, which
all encourage inclusion and use of free software in commercial and freeware products alike. As a
consequence, its main points are that:
o We don't promise that this software works. However, we will be interested in any kind of bug reports.
(`as is' distribution)
o You can use this software for whatever you want, in parts or full form, without having to pay us.
(`royalty-free' usage)
o You may not pretend that you wrote this software. If you use it, or only parts of it, in a program, you
must acknowledge somewhere in your documentation that you have used the FreeType code. (`credits')
We specifically permit and encourage the inclusion of this software, with or without modifications, in
commercial products.
We disclaim all warranties covering The FreeType Project and assume no liability related to The FreeType
Project.
Finally, many people asked us for a preferred form for a credit/disclaimer to use in compliance with this
license. We thus encourage you to use the following text:
"""
Portions of this software are copyright © <year> The FreeType
Project (www.freetype.org). All rights reserved.
"""
Please replace <year> with the value from the FreeType version you actually use.
Legal Terms
===========
0. Definitions
--------------
Throughout this license, the terms `package', `FreeType Project', and `FreeType archive' refer to the set
of files originally distributed by the authors (David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg) as the
`FreeType Project', be they named as alpha, beta or final release.
24
`You' refers to the licensee, or person using the project, where `using' is a generic term including
compiling the project's source code as well as linking it to form a `program' or `executable'.
This program is referred to as `a program using the FreeType engine'.
This license applies to all files distributed in the original FreeType Project, including all source code,
binaries and documentation, unless otherwise stated in the file in its original, unmodified form as
distributed in the original archive.
If you are unsure whether or not a particular file is covered by this license, you must contact us to verify
this.
The FreeType Project is copyright (C) 1996-2000 by David Turner, Robert Wilhelm, and Werner Lemberg.
All rights reserved except as specified below.
1. No Warranty
--------------
THE FREETYPE PROJECT IS PROVIDED `AS IS' WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN NO EVENT WILL ANY OF THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES CAUSED BY THE USE OR THE INABILITY
TO USE, OF THE FREETYPE PROJECT.
2. Redistribution
-----------------
This license grants a worldwide, royalty-free, perpetual and irrevocable right and license to use, execute,
perform, compile, display, copy, create derivative works of, distribute and sublicense the FreeType Project
(in both source and object code forms) and derivative works thereof for any purpose; and to authorize
others to exercise some or all of the rights granted herein, subject to the following conditions:
o Redistribution of source code must retain this license file (`FTL.TXT') unaltered; any additions, deletions
or changes to the original files must be clearly indicated in accompanying documentation. The copyright
notices of the unaltered, original files must be preserved in all copies of source files.
o Redistribution in binary form must provide a disclaimer that states that the software is based in part of
the work of the FreeType Team, in the distribution documentation. We also encourage you to put an URL
to the FreeType web page in your documentation, though this isn't mandatory.
These conditions apply to any software derived from or based on the FreeType Project, not just the
unmodified files. If you use our work, you must acknowledge us. However, no fee need be paid to us.
3. Advertising
--------------
Neither the FreeType authors and contributors nor you shall use the name of the other for commercial,
advertising, or promotional purposes without specific prior written permission.
We suggest, but do not require, that you use one or more of the following phrases to refer to this software
in your documentation or advertising materials: `FreeType Project', `FreeType Engine', `FreeType library',
or `FreeType Distribution'.
As you have not signed this license, you are not required to accept it. However, as the FreeType Project
is copyrighted material, only this license, or another one contracted with the authors, grants you the right
to use, distribute, and modify it.
25
Therefore, by using, distributing, or modifying the FreeType Project, you indicate that you understand and
accept all the terms of this license.
4. Contacts
-----------
There are two mailing lists related to FreeType:
Discusses general use and applications of FreeType, as well as future and wanted additions to the library
and distribution.
If you are looking for support, start in this list if you haven't found anything to help you in the
documentation.
Discusses bugs, as well as engine internals, design issues, specific licenses, porting, etc.
Our home page can be found at
http://www.freetype.org
--- end of FTL.TXT ---
The TWAIN Toolkit is distributed as is. The developer and distributors of the TWAIN Toolkit expressly
disclaim all implied, express or statutory warranties including, without limitation, the implied warranties
of merchantability, noninfringement of third party rights and fitness for a particular purpose. Neither the
developers nor the distributors will be liable for damages, whether direct, indirect, special, incidental, or
consequential, as a result of the reproduction, modification, distribution or other use of the TWAIN Toolkit.
JSON for Modern C++
Copyright (c) 2013-2017 Niels Lohmann
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies
of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS
OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR
IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2011 - 2015 ARM LIMITED
All rights reserved.
26
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
- Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
- Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
- Neither the name of ARM nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products
derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 2014, Kenneth MacKay
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 2006, CRYPTOGAMS by <[email protected]> All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain copyright notices, this list of conditions and the following
disclaimer.
27
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name of the CRYPTOGAMS nor the names of its copyright holder and contributors may be
used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
ALTERNATIVELY, provided that this notice is retained in full, this product may be distributed under the
terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL), in which case the provisions of the GPL apply INSTEAD
OF those given above.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR
ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
(INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES;
LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON
ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
ISC License
Copyright (c) 2013-2017
Frank Denis <j at pureftpd dot org>
Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any purpose with or without fee is
hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES WITH
REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT,
INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM
LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE
OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR
PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 2008 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc.
All rights reserved.
This code is derived from software contributed to The NetBSD Foundation
by Lennart Augustsson ([email protected]) at
Carlstedt Research & Technology.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
28
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE NETBSD FOUNDATION, INC. AND CONTRIBUTORS
``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED
TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FOUNDATION OR CONTRIBUTORS
BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Copyright (c) 2000 Intel Corporation
All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither name of Intel Corporation nor the names of its contributors
may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS
"AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR
A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL INTEL OR
CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY
OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
Lua
Copyright © 1994–2014 Lua.org, PUC-Rio.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
29
the
rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and
to
permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of
the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH
THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
LuaSocket
LuaSocket 2.0.2 license
Copyright © 2004-2007 Diego Nehab
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense,
and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the
Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING
FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER
DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
LuneScript
Copyright (c) 2018 ifritJP
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal
in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights
to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell
copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
30
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER
LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM,
OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE
SOFTWARE.
Copyright (c) 1998, 1999, 2000 Thai Open Source Software Center Ltd
and Clark Cooper
Copyright (c) 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Expat maintainers.
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and
associated
documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation
the
rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and
to
permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial
portions of
the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED,
INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
IN AN
ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH
THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
Copyright 2004--2007, Google Inc.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the
following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following
disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
31
3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
without
specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
AUTHOR
BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED
AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
(INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS
SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
The following applies only to products supporting Wi-Fi.
(c) 2009-2013 by Jeff Mott. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided
that the following conditions are met:
* Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer.
* Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions, and the
following disclaimer in the documentation or other materials provided with the distribution.
* Neither the name CryptoJS nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote
products derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS
IS," AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
32
Printing Network Settings
Use the operation panel to print the printer's current network settings.
Important
• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.•
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Load two sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper.
2.
3.
Press Setup button.
3.
The Setup menu screen appears.
4.
Select Device settings and press OK button.
4.
5. Select LAN settings and press OK button.5.
6. Select Print LAN details and press OK button.6.
The printer starts printing the network setting information.
The following information on the printer's network setting is printed out. (Some setting values are not
displayed depending on the printer settings.)
Item Num-
ber
Item Description Setting
1 Product Information Product information –
1-1 Product Name Product name XXXXXXXX
1-2 ROM Version ROM version XXXXXXXX
1-3 Serial Number Serial number XXXXXXXX
2 Network Diagnostics Network diagnostics –
2-1 Diagnostic Result Diagnostic result XXXXXXXX
2-2 Result Codes Result codes XXXXXXXX
2-3 Result Code Details Result code details http://canon.com/ijnwt
3 Wireless LAN Wireless LAN Enable/Disable
3-2 Infrastructure Infrastructure Enable/Disable
3-2-1 Signal Strength Signal strength 0 to 100 [%]
3-2-2 Link Quality Link quality 0 to 100 [%]
33
3-2-3 Frequency Frequency XX (GHz)
3-2-4 MAC Address MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
3-2-5 Connection Connection status Active/Inactive
3-2-6 SSID SSID Wireless LAN network name (SSID)
3-2-7 Channel Channel XX (1 to 13)
3-2-8 Encryption Encryption method none/WEP/TKIP/AES
3-2-9 WEP Key Length WEP key length (bits) Inactive/128/64
3-2-10 Authentication Authentication method none/auto/open/shared/WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK
3-2-11 TCP/IPv4 TCP/IPv4 Enable/Disable
3-2-12 IP Address IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-13 Subnet Mask Subnet mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-14 Default Gateway Default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-2-15 TCP/IPv6 TCP/IPv6 Enable/Disable
3-2-16 Link Local Address Link local address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-17 Link Local Prefix
Length
Link local prefix length XXX
3-2-18 Stateless Address1 Stateless address 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-19 Stateless Prefix
Length1
Stateless prefix length
1
XXX
3-2-20 Stateless Address2 Stateless address 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-21 Stateless Prefix
Length2
Stateless prefix length
2
XXX
3-2-22 Stateless Address3 Stateless address 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-23 Stateless Prefix
Length3
Stateless prefix length
3
XXX
3-2-24 Stateless Address4 Stateless address 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-25 Stateless Prefix
Length4
Stateless prefix length
4
XXX
34
3-2-26 Default Gateway1 Default gateway 1 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-27 Default Gateway2 Default gateway 2 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-28 Default Gateway3 Default gateway 3 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-29 Default Gateway4 Default gateway 4 XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-2-33 IPsec IPsec setting Active/Inactive
3-2-34 Security Protocol Security method ESP/ESP & AH/AH/Blank (Not selected)
3-3 Wireless Direct/Access
Point Mode
Operation mode for
Wireless Direct
Enable/Disable
3-3-1 MAC Address MAC address XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
3-3-2 Connection Connection status Active/Inactive
3-3-3 SSID SSID Wireless Direct network name (SSID)
3-3-4 Password Password Wireless Direct password
3-3-5 Channel Channel 3
3-3-6 Encryption Encryption method AES
3-3-7 Authentication Authentication method WPA2-PSK
3-3-8 TCP/IPv4 TCP/IPv4 Enable/Disable
3-3-9 IP Address IP address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-10 Subnet Mask Subnet mask XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-11 Default Gateway Default gateway XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
3-3-12 TCP/IPv6 TCP/IPv6 Enable/Disable
3-3-13 Link Local Address Link local address XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
XXXX:XXXX:XXXX:XXXX
3-3-14 Link Local Prefix
Length
Link local prefix length XXX
3-3-15 IPsec IPsec setting Active/Inactive
3-3-16 Security Protocol Security method ESP/ESP & AH/AH/Blank (Not selected)
5 Other Settings Other settings –
35
5-1 Printer Name Printer name Printer name
5-2 Wireless Direct Dev-
Name
Device name for wire-
less direct
Device name for wireless direct
5-4 WSD Printing WSD printing setting Enable/Disable
5-5 WSD Timeout Timeout 1/5/10/15/20 [min]
5-6 LPD Printing LPD printing setting Enable/Disable
5-7 RAW Printing RAW printing setting Enable/Disable
5-9 Bonjour Bonjour setting Enable/Disable
5-10 Bonjour Service Name Bonjour service name Bonjour service name
5-11 LLMNR LLMNR setting Enable/Disable
5-12 SNMP SNMP setting Enable/Disable
5-13 PictBridge Commun. PictBridge Communica-
tion
Enable/Disable
5-14 DNS Server Obtain DNS server ad-
dress automatically
Auto/Manual
5-15 Primary Server Primary server address XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
5-16 Secondary Server Secondary server ad-
dress
XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
5-17 Proxy Server Proxy server setting Enable/Disable
5-18 Proxy Address Proxy address XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
5-19 Proxy Port Proxy port specification 1 to 65535
5-20 Cert. Fingerprt(SHA-1) Certificate finger-
print(SHA-1)
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
5-21 Cert. Fin-
gerprt(SHA-256)
Certificate finger-
print(SHA-256)
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx xxxxxxxx
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
36
Default Network Settings
LAN Connection Defaults
Item Default
Network name (SSID) BJNPSETUP
Wi-Fi security Disable
IP address (IPv4) Auto setup
IP address (IPv6) Auto setup
Set printer name* XXXXXXXXXXXX
Enable/disable IPv6 Enable
Enable/disable WSD Enable
Timeout setting 15 minutes
Enab./disab. Bonjour Enable
Service name Canon G600 series
LPR setting Enable
RAW protocol Enable
LLMNR Enable
PictBridge commun. (Enable/disable) Enable
("XX" represents alphanumeric characters.)
* Default value depends on printer. To check value, use operation panel.
LAN settings
Wireless Direct Defaults
Item Default
WL Direct net.(SSID) DIRECT-abXX-G600series *1
Password YYYYYYYYYY *2
Security method WPA2-PSK (AES)
Confirm request Displayed
*1 "ab" is specified at random and "XX" represents last two digits of printer's MAC address. (The value is
specified when the printer is turned on for the first time.)
37
*2 The password is specified automatically when the printer is turned on for the first time.
38
Connecting with Wireless Direct
You can connect devices (e.g. computer, smartphone, or tablet) to the printer by two methods below.
• Wireless connection (connecting devices via a wireless router)•
• Direct wireless connection (connecting devices directly without a wireless router)•
This section describes Wireless Direct, which allows you to print by connecting the devices to the printer
directly.
Follow the procedure below to set up and use Wireless Direct.
1. Preparing the printer.1.
Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct
2. Preparing a device to connect to the printer.2.
Connecting a smartphone/tablet/computer to the printer
Important
• You can connect up to 5 devices to the printer at the same time with Wireless Direct.•
• Check the usage restrictions and switch the printer to the Wireless Direct.•
Restrictions
Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct
1.
Make sure the printer is turned on.
1.
2. Press Setup button.2.
The Setup menu screen appears.
3. Select Device settings and press the OK button.3.
4. Select LAN settings and press the OK button.4.
5.
Select Wireless Direct and press the OK button.
5.
6.
Select Switch WL Direct and press the OK button.
6.
7.
Check displayed message, select Yes and press the OK button.
7.
The Wireless Direct is enabled and a device can be connected to the printer wirelessly.
Note
•
After completing the settings, you can check the Network name(SSID), Security protocol, and
•
WL Direct net.(SSID) by displaying them.
39
• When displaying the Security protocol, a screen appears asking whether to display the•
password at the same time. To display the password, select Yes. To not display the password,
select No.
•
The password is required when connecting a device to the printer. Depending on the device you
•
are using, no password is required.
•
When you connect a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device to the printer, select the printer name from
•
your device.
•
To change the identifier (SSID) and the password, see below.
•
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
Connecting a smartphone/tablet/computer to the printer
1.
Enable Wi-Fi function on smartphone/tablet/computer.
1.
Enable Wi-Fi in the Settings menu on your smartphone/tablet/computer.
For instructions on enabling the Wi-Fi function, refer to the instruction manual for your smartphone/
tablet/computer.
2. Select "DIRECT-XXXX-G600series" ("X" represents alphanumeric characters) from list on2.
your smartphone/tablet/computer.
Note
•
If "DIRECT-XXXX-G600series" does not appear on the list, Wireless Direct is not enabled.
•
See Changing Printer Setting to Use Wireless Direct to enable Wireless Direct.
3. Enter Password on smartphone/tablet/computer.3.
The smartphone/tablet/computer is connected to the printer.
Note
• Check the password for the Wireless Direct.•
Check by one of the following methods.
Display on the LCD of the printer.
LAN settings
Print the network settings.
Printing Network Settings
•
Depending on the device you are using, entering the password is required to connect a device
•
to the printer via Wi-Fi. Enter the password specified for the printer.
•
If the printer is set to display a confirmation screen in Confirm request of Changing
•
Wireless Direct Setting, when the wireless direct compatible device connects to the printer,
a confirmation screen asking for permission to connect is displayed on the printer LCD.
40
Make sure the name on the LCD is the same as that of your wireless communication device
and select Yes.
You can print from your smartphone or tablet by installing Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY. Download it from
App Store and Google Play.
For iOS device
For Android device
Changing Wireless Direct Setting
Change the settings for the Wireless Direct following the procedure below.
1.
Make sure the printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Press Setup button.
2.
The Setup menu screen appears.
3. Select Device settings and press the OK button.3.
4. Select LAN settings and press the OK button.4.
5. Select Wireless Direct and press the OK button.5.
6.
Select a setting item.
6.
Press button to switch the desired setting item.
•
Change name (SSID)
•
Change the identifier (SSID) for Wireless Direct.
The identifier (SSID) is the printer's name (device name) displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible
device.
Follow the procedure below to change the identifier (SSID).
◦
To set manually
◦
1.
Select Manual setup and press the OK button.
1.
2.
Press the OK button to enter / edit.
2.
Press button to enter the identifier (SSID) value one column at a time and press
OK button.
Press the Setup button to change the type of characters to enter (uppercase /
lowercase, numbers, symbols).
One character can be erased by pressing the Back button.
3.
Confirm the input contents and press and hold OK button.
3.
4.
Check displayed message, select Yes and press the OK button.
4.
5.
Check displayed message and press the OK button.
5.
41
◦ To set automatically◦
1. Select Auto update and press OK button.1.
2.
Select Yes and press OK button.
2.
Note
• After completing the settings, you can check the Network name(SSID), Security•
protocol, and WL Direct net.(SSID) by displaying them.
•
When displaying the Security protocol, a screen appears asking whether to
•
display the password at the same time. To display the password, select Yes. To
not display the password, select No.
•
Change password
•
Change the password for Wireless Direct.
◦
To set manually.
◦
1.
Select Manual setup and press the OK button.
1.
2.
Enter the new password (10 characters).
2.
Press button to enter the password value one column at a time and press OK
button.
Press the Setup button to change the type of characters to enter (uppercase /
lowercase, numbers, symbols).
One character can be erased by pressing the Back button.
3. Confirm the input contents and press and hold OK button.3.
4. Check displayed message, select Yes and press the OK button.4.
◦ To set automatically◦
1. Select Auto update and press OK button.1.
2. Select Yes and press OK button.2.
Note
• After completing the settings, you can check the Network name(SSID), Security•
protocol, and WL Direct net.(SSID) by displaying them.
•
When displaying the Security protocol, a screen appears asking whether to
•
display the password at the same time. To display the password, select Yes. To
not display the password, select No.
•
Confirm request
•
Change the confirmation screen setting when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is connecting to
the printer.
If you want the printer to display the screen to inform you a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is
connecting to the printer, select Yes and press the OK button.
42
Important
• To prevent an unauthorized access, we recommend you should select the setting to display•
the confirmation screen.
Note
• If you change the Wireless Direct setting of the printer, also change the wireless router setting of the•
device.
43
Easy Understanding Network Connections
What is Wireless Connection
Connect the printer and devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) using a wireless router.
If you have a wireless router, we recommend you use one for wireless connection.
• Connection methods vary depending on the wireless router type.
• You can change network settings such as the network name (SSID) and security protocol on the printer.
• When the connection between a device and a wireless router is completed and (Wi-Fi icon) is
displayed in the device's screen, you can connect the device to the printer using the wireless router.
What is Wireless Direct Connection
Connect the printer and devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) without using a wireless router.
• While you are using the printer with Wireless Direct, Internet connection from the printer becomes
unavailable. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
• If you connect a device connected to the Internet via a wireless router to the printer that is in the
Wireless Direct, the connection between the device and wireless router will be disabled. In that case,
the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection automatically depending on your
device. Transmission fees for connecting to the Internet using a mobile data connection apply.
• In the Wireless Direct, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a sixth
device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear. If an error appears, disconnect a
device you do not use and configure settings again.
• Network settings such as the network name (SSID) and security protocol are specified automatically.
USB Connection (Reference)
Note
• You can connect the printer and computer using a USB cable (USB connection). Prepare a USB cable.
For details, see Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices.
Network Connection Settings/Setup
Perform connection setup for the printer and computer/smartphone/tablet.
For more on setup procedure, click here.
Changing Network Settings
See below for changing connection settings for the printer and computer/smartphone/tablet.
• To change network connection method:
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices
44
Changing the Connection Mode
• To add computer/smartphone/tablet to the printer:
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices
• To use Wireless Direct temporarily:
Connecting with Wireless Direct
IJ Network Device Setup Utility
IJ Network Device Setup Utility checks or diagnoses the settings of the printer and those of computer and
restores the status of them if anything is wrong with network connection. Select either link below to download
IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
• Performing/Changing Network Settings (Windows)•
For Windows, you can perform network settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Windows)
• Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings (Windows/macOS)•
You can diagnose or repair network settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
◦ For Windows:◦
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (Windows)
◦ For macOS:◦
IJ Network Device Setup Utility (macOS)
Network Connection Tips
See below for tips on using the printer via network connection.
Network Connection Tips (Windows/macOS)
Handling Printer Configuration Using the Web Browser
Countermeasures against Unauthorized Access
Troubleshooting
See Network FAQ for troubleshooting on network connection.
Notice/Restriction
See below for details.
• Restrictions on network settings:
Restrictions
• Notices when printing using web service:
Notice for Web Service Printing
45
Restrictions
When connecting another device while a device (such as a computer) is already connected to the printer,
connect it using the same connection method as the connected device.
If you connect using a different connection method, the connection to the device in use will be disabled.
Connect via wireless router
• Make sure your device and the wireless router are connected. For details on checking these settings,
see the manual supplied with the wireless router or contact its manufacturer.
As for a device already connected to the printer without using a wireless router, reconnect it via a
wireless router.
• Configuration, router functions, setup procedures and security settings of wireless routers vary
depending on the system environment. For details, see the manual for your wireless router or contact
its manufacturer.
• This printer does not support IEEE802.11ac, IEEE802.11a, or IEEE802.11n (5 GHz). Check if your
device supports IEEE802.11n (2.4 GHz), IEEE802.11g or IEEE802.11b.
• If your device is set to the "IEEE802.11n only" mode, WEP or TKIP cannot be used as a security
protocol. Change the security protocol for your device to something other than WEP and TKIP or
change the setting to something other than "IEEE802.11n only."
The connection between your device and the wireless router will be temporarily disabled while the
setting is changed. Do not proceed to the next screen of this guide until setup is complete.
• For office use, consult your network administrator.
• Note that if you connect to a network with no security protection, your personal information could be
disclosed to a third party.
Wireless Direct
Important
• If a device is connected to the Internet via a wireless router, and you then connect it to a printer•
in Wireless Direct mode, the existing connection between the device and wireless router will be
disabled. In that case, the connection of the device may switch to a mobile data connection
automatically depending on your device. When you connect to the Internet using a mobile data
connection, charges may apply depending on your contract.
When you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, the connection information will
be saved to Wi-Fi settings. The device may be connected to the printer automatically even after
disconnecting it or connecting it to another wireless router.
To prevent automatic connection to the printer in Wireless Direct mode, change the connection
mode after using the printer, or set not to connect automatically in the Wi-Fi settings of the
device.
For details on changing the settings of your device, see the manual supplied with the device or
contact its manufacturer.
• If you connect a device and the printer using Wireless Direct, Internet connection may become
unavailable depending on your environment. In that case, web services for the printer cannot be used.
46
• In Wireless Direct mode, you can connect up to five devices at the same time. If you try to connect a
sixth device while five devices are already connected, an error will appear.
If an error appears, disconnect a device that does not use the printer, and then redo the settings.
• Devices connected to the printer using Wireless Direct cannot communicate with each other.
• Firmware updates for the printer are not available while using Wireless Direct.
• When a device has been connected to the printer without using a wireless router and you want to set
it up again using the same connection method, disconnect it first. Disable the connection between the
device and printer in the Wi-Fi setting screen.
47
Detect Same Printer Name
When the printer is detected during setup, plural printers with the same name may appear on the results
screen.
Select a printer with checking the printer settings against those on detection result screen.
• For Windows:•
Check the printer's MAC address or serial to select the correct printer from the results.
• For macOS:•
The printer names appear with the MAC address added at the end or as the printer name specified by
Bonjour.
Check identifiers such as the MAC address, the printer name specified by Bonjour, and the printer's
serial number to select the printer from among those that appear.
Note
• Serial number may not appear on result screen.
To check the printer's MAC address and the serial number, print out the network settings information.
Printing Network Settings
Note
• You can check the serial number by displaying on the LCD.•
System information
49
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices
Check the following items when connecting a newly added computer to the LAN environment to the printer,
changing the connection method from USB to LAN, or changing the wireless LAN (Wi-Fi) connection
method.
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN Connection
Switching LAN Connection Method
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Connects to Another Computer via LAN/Changes from USB to LAN
Connection
To connect an additional computer to the printer via LAN, or to change from USB to LAN connection, click
here and perform setup.
Switching LAN Connection Method
If you want to switch the connection method to USB when the printer is used with a LAN connection,
check the following item.
• For Windows:•
◦ Click here and perform setup.
• For macOS:•
◦ Click here and perform setup.
Reconfiguration Method of Wi-Fi Connection
Follow either procedure below to change Wi-Fi connection method (infrastructure or Wireless Direct).
• For Windows:•
◦ See Changing the Connection Mode.
◦ Perform settings on the Network Settings screen on IJ Network Device Setup Utility.◦
Important
• Before you perform settings using IJ Network Device Setup Utility, turn on Easy WL connect•
mode on the printer following the procedure below.
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Press and hold (Wireless connect) button for 3 seconds.
2.
LCD and Operation Panel
3.
Perform operations following instructions on your computer, smartphone/
3.
tablet.
50
4. If message saying setup is completed appears, press OK button.4.
• For macOS:•
See Changing the Connection Mode.
51
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant (Windows)
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
Performing/Changing Network Settings
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB Connection
Important
• Some functions may not be available depending on your model and software version.
52
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant allows you to diagnose or repair the network status, and to perform printer
settings on network.
Use Wi-Fi Connection Assistant for:
• Searching printers on network and performing initial network setup for detected printers
• Performing initial network setup by connecting the printer and computer using a USB cable (Not
available for some models)
• Changing printer network settings
• Diagnosing the settings of the printer and those of computer on which Wi-Fi Connection Assistant is
installed if anything is wrong with connection. In addition, Wi-Fi Connection Assistant repairs the status
of the printer and computer (Not available for some models).
Important
• Depending on the printer you are using, an administrator password is already specified for the printer•
at the time of purchase. When you change the network settings, authentication by the administrator
password is required.
For details:
Administrator Password
For improving security, we recommend to change the administrator password.
Change Administrator Password
• To use the printer over LAN, make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type,
such as a wireless router or a LAN cable.
• When you install Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, disable block function of firewall.
• Do not change network settings using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant while printing is in progress.
53
Starting Up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant
Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant as shown below.
• In Windows 10, select Start > (All apps > ) > Canon Utilities > Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
• In Windows 8.1 or Windows 8, select Wi-Fi Connection Assistant on the Start screen to start Wi-Fi
Connection Assistant. If Wi-Fi Connection Assistant is not displayed on the Start screen, select the
Search charm and search for "Wi-Fi Connection Assistant".
• In Windows 7 or Windows Vista, click Start and select All Programs, Canon Utilities, Wi-Fi
Connection Assistant, and then Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
When you start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant, a message appears. Check the message and select Yes.
The screen below appears.
Select Diagnose and Repair or Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
• If you select Diagnose and Repair:•
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
• If you select Printer Network Setup:•
Performing/Changing Network Settings
54
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
Wi-Fi Connection Assistant diagnoses and repairs computer settings or connection between the computer
and printer when a problem (e.g. cannot print from a printer on the network) occurs.
Important
• Some models do not support diagnosis and repair function.•
For details:
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
Follow the procedure below.
1.
Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
1.
2.
Check the displayed message and select Yes.
2.
3.
Select Diagnose and Repair on the displayed screen.
3.
Perform operations following the instructions on the screen.
Note
• This function checks the following items:
whether the computer is connected to the router
whether a web page on the Internet can be viewed
whether the printer can be detected on the network
whether the signal strength or communication level is sufficient (when using Wi-Fi)
whether the printer port setting matches with the network setting
55
Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
Items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
Menus on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
Items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen Toolbar
Items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
The screen below appears when you start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant and select Printer Network
Setup. Detected printers are listed on the screen and the items below are shown.
A: Product Name
Displays the product name of detected printer. The icon below appears on the left if the printer cannot
be used.
: Appears when the printer requires setup or has not been configured.
: Appears when the IP address is duplicated to another printer.
: Appears when you cannot communicate with the printer.
Note
• If a printer you want to use is not detected, try to set the criteria for printer search.•
Setting Criteria for Printer Search/Searching Specific Printer
• Right-clicking a printer displays setting items or items to confirm.•
B: Serial Number (Last 5 Digits)
Displays the last five digits of printer's serial number.
C: Status
Displays the printer status as shown below.
• Available•
Indicates the printer is available.
• Setup Completed•
57
Appears after performing network setup and clicking Set to close the window.
• Requires Setup•
Indicates the printer is required to perform Wi-Fi setup.
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
• Not Set•
Indicates the printer cannot be used on network, or IPv6 is disabled. Specify an IP address or
enable IPv6 on Network Settings....
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
• IP Address Overlap•
Indicates the IP address is duplicated to another printer.
• Unknown•
Indicates the printer recognized as Available in the past cannot be used currently.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.•
D: IP Address
Displays the printer IP address. Nothing is displayed if the printer status is Requires Setup.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
E: Location
Displays the printer location if it is registered. Nothing is displayed if the printer status is Requires
Setup.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.
Assigning Printer Information
F: Connection Method
Displays printer connection method (wired LAN, Wi-Fi, or USB).
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, USB is displayed.
• If the printer supports both of the LAN connection methods, the printer is recognized as two
printers and they are displayed separately. (The same numbers are displayed on Serial Number
(Last 5 Digits).)
• If the printer does not support wired LAN, wired LAN is not displayed.
• If you are using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant on the computer which does not support Wi-Fi, Wi-Fi
is not displayed.
G: Setting Method
Displays printer setting method.
• Auto•
58
Appears if the printer is used by IP address specified automatically.
• Manual•
Appears if the printer is used by IP address specified manually.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
H: MAC Address
Displays the MAC address of the detected printer.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.
I: Device Name
Displays the printer device name if it is registered.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, nothing is displayed.
• The printer with Requires Setup displayed on Status is not displayed.
Assigning Printer Information
J: IPv6
On appears when an IPv6 address is assigned for the printer.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, "-" is displayed.•
K: Displays the printer status and operation guides.
Selecting a printer from the printer list displays its current status and what to do next.
Menus on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen
This section describes menus on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant screen.
A: Printer Settings menu
Printer Settings Menu
B: View menu
View Menu
C: Option menu
Option Menu
59
D: Help menu
Help Menu
Items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen Toolbar
This section describes items on Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant Screen toolbar.
A: Perform wired or Wi-Fi setup.
Note
• This item has the same function as Network Settings... in the Printer Settings menu.
B: Redetects printers.
Note
• This item has the same function as Update in the View menu.
C: Stops detecting printers.
Note
• This item has the same function as Cancel in the View menu.
D: Switches the printer list. (IPv4, IPv6, or USB printers)
Note
• This item has the same function as Switch View in the View menu.
• You can also display the USB connected printer list. (Not available for some models.) In this
case, select USB.
E: Displays this guide.
Note
• This item has the same function as Online Manual in the Help menu.
60
Performing/Changing Wired LAN Connection (Ethernet Cable)
Settings（Supported models only）
Follow the procedure below to perform/change wired LAN settings.
Important
• These settings are not available if your printer does not have a wired LAN connection.
Note
• For some models, you can perform network setup for a USB connected printer using Wi-Fi Connection
Assistant. Select USB on Switch View under the View menu to display printers for which you can
perform setup.
1.
Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
1.
2.
Check the displayed message and select Yes.
2.
3.
Select Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
3.
Detected printers are listed.
4. Select printer to perform/change settings from printer list.4.
Select the printer with Wired LAN displayed on Connection Method and Available displayed on Status
to perform settings.
You can perform settings for a printer with Available not displayed on Status via USB connection.
To perform setup for a USB connected printer, select USB from the pulldown menu on the toolbar and
select the printer to perform/change settings.
5.
Select Network Settings... on Printer Settings menu.
5.
The Confirm Printer Password screen appears.
For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password.
Note
•
Clicking the icon allows you to perform/change settings.
•
If you select a USB connected printer on step 4, the screen below appears after the Confirm
•
Printer Password screen appears
Select Wired LAN and click OK.
62
6. Enter password and click OK.6.
The Network Settings screen appears.
7. Perform/change settings.7.
You can switch the screen between IPv4 and IPv6. Click the tab to switch the protocol.
•
IPv4 settings
•
A: Use IPv4 address
Always selected. (displayed in a gray out state)
B: Get IP address automatically
Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server. DHCP
server functionality must be enabled on your router.
C: Use next IP address
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
Enter the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.
• IPv6 settings•
Note
•
If you select a USB connected printer on step 4, you cannot perform IPv6 settings depending
•
on the printer you are using.
For details, see List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB
Connection.
63
A: Use IPv6 address
Select when you use the printer with IPv6 environment.
B: Use Stateless Address:
Select when you use an IP address assigned automatically. Use a router compatible with
IPv6.
Note
• This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
C: Use Manual Address:
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
Enter the IP address and IP address prefix length.
Note
•
This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
D: Use DHCPv6:
Select when you obtain an IP address using DHCPv6.
Note
• This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
8.
Click Set.
8.
64
Performing/Changing Wi-Fi Settings
Follow the procedure below to perform/change Wi-Fi settings.
Important
• Enable Easy wireless connect (Cableless setup) before performing printer setup. (Not required if you
change the IP address.) For details, search for "NR049" on your printer's online manual and see the
page shown.
• If you use a printer over the Wi-Fi, we highly recommend you perform security settings for Wi-Fi
network using WPA/WPA2 from the viewpoint of security.
Note
• For some models, you can perform network setup for a USB connected printer using Wi-Fi Connection
Assistant. Select USB on Switch View under the View menu to display printers.
1.
Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
1.
2. Check the displayed message and select Yes.2.
3.
Select Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
3.
Detected printers are listed.
4. Select printer to perform/change settings from printer list.4.
Select the printer with Wi-Fi displayed on Connection Method and Available or Requires Setup
displayed on Status to perform settings.
You can perform settings for a printer with Available or Requires Setup not displayed on Status via
USB connection.
To perform setup for a USB connected printer, select USB from the pulldown menu on the toolbar and
select the printer to perform/change settings.
5. Select Network Settings... on Printer Settings menu.5.
The Confirm Printer Password screen appears.
For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password.
Note
•
Clicking the icon allows you to perform/change settings.
•
If you select a USB connected printer on step 4 and the selected printer is compatible with wired
•
LAN, the screen below appears after the Confirm Printer Password screen appears
65
Select Wi-Fi and click OK.
6. Enter password and click OK.6.
The Network Settings screen appears.
7. Perform/change settings.7.
You can switch the screen between IPv4 and IPv6. Click the tab to switch the protocol.
• IPv4/IPv6 settings
•
A: Network Type:
Select the Wi-Fi mode.
◦
Infrastructure
◦
Connects the printer to the Wi-Fi with a wireless router.
◦ Direct◦
Connects the printer to wireless communication devices (smartphone or tablet) without a
wireless router.
Note
•
If Wi-Fi is enabled on the computer and if you select a USB connected printer on step
4, you can select Direct depending on the printer you are using.
•
If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot
•
perform any settings.
In addition, you cannot connect to Internet from your computer depending on your
operating environment.
B: Network Name (SSID):
The network name (SSID) of the Wi-Fi currently used is displayed.
66
The network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct appears while in Wireless Direct.
C: Search...
The Detected Wireless Routers screen is displayed to select a wireless router to connect
to. For a wireless router already connected to the computer, Available is displayed on
Communication Status.
If you select a wireless router with Not Connected on Communication Status from the list,
clicking Set displays the WPA/WPA2 or WEP setting screen for a wireless router.
If WEP Details Screen Appears
If WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Appears
D: Encryption Type:
Displays the encryption method used over the Wi-Fi.
•
IPv4 settings
•
Note
•
The setting items below are available only when Infrastructure is selected for Network
•
Type:.
If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot perform any
settings.
A: Use IPv4 address
Always selected. (displayed in a gray out state)
B: Get IP address automatically
Select this option to use an IP address automatically assigned by a DHCP server. DHCP
server functionality must be enabled on your wireless router.
C: Use next IP address
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
67
Enter the IP address, subnet mask, and default gateway.
• IPv6 settings•
Note
•
If you select a USB connected printer on step 4, you cannot perform IPv6 settings depending
•
on the printer you are using.
For details, see
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via USB
Connection.
• The setting items below are available only when Infrastructure is selected for Network•
Type:.
If Direct is selected, all items are displayed in a gray out status and you cannot perform any
settings.
A: Use IPv6 address
Select when you use the printer with IPv6 environment.
B: Use Stateless Address:
Select when you use an IP address assigned automatically. Use a router compatible with
IPv6.
Note
•
This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
C: Use Manual Address:
Select this option if no DHCP server functionality is available in your setup where you use the
printer, or you want to use a fixed IP address.
Enter the IP address and IP address prefix length.
Note
•
This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
68
D: Use DHCPv6:
Select when you obtain an IP address using DHCPv6.
Note
•
This setting item is not available depending on the printer you are using.
8. Click Set.8.
69
Assigning Printer Information
Follow the procedure below to assign/change printer location name or device name.
The names appear on Device Name: and Location: on the Canon Wi-Fi Connection Assistant screen.
Note
• If USB is selected from the pulldown menu on the toolbar, this setting item is not available.
1.
Start up Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
1.
2.
Check the displayed message and select Yes.
2.
3.
Select Printer Network Setup on the displayed screen.
3.
Detected printers are listed.
4.
Select printer to assign location name and device name.
4.
Select the printer with Available displayed on Status.
5. Select Detailed Printer Settings... on Printer Settings menu.5.
The Confirm Printer Password screen appears.
For more on the password, refer to Administrator Password.
6. Enter password and click OK.6.
The Detailed Printer Settings screen appears.
7. Perform/change settings.7.
The setting items below are available.
A: Device Name:
Assigns the device name.
B: Location:
Assigns the location name.
8.
Click Set.
8.
70
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair
Function
The following models does not support "Diagnose and Repair" function of Wi-Fi Connection Assistant.
• G4000 series
• PRO-500 series
• PRO-1000 series
• MB2100 series
• MB2700 series
• MB5100 series
• MB5400 series
• iB4100 series
• PRO-520
• PRO-540
• PRO-540S
• PRO-560
• PRO-560S
• PRO-2000
• PRO-4000
• PRO-4000S
• PRO-6000
• PRO-6000S
• TS9000 series
• TS8000 series
• TS6000 series
• TS5000 series
• MG3000 series
• E470 series
71
List of Models Which Does Not Support IPv6 Configuration via
USB Connection
For the following models, you can perform settings only for IPv4 using Wi-Fi Connection Assistant. (You
cannot perform settings for IPv6.)
• iB4100 series
• MG3000 series
• E470 series
• G4000 series
• TS5000 series
• TS6000 series
• TS8000 series
• TS9000 series
• TR8500 series
• TR7500 series
• TS9100 series
• TS8100 series
• TS6100 series
• TS5100 series
• TS3100 series
• E3100 series
• TS300 series
• E300 series
• TR8580 series
• TS9180 series
• TS8180 series
• TS6180 series
• TR8530 series
• TR7530 series
• TS8130 series
• TS6130 series
• XK70 series
• XK50 series
• G4010 series
• G3010 series
• TR4500 series
• E4200 series
• TS6200 series
• TS6280 series
• TS6230 series
• TS8200 series
• XK80 series
• TS8280 series
• TS8230 series
• TS9500 series
• TS9580 series
72
• TR9530 series
• TS3300 series
• E3300 series
73
IJ Network Device Setup Utility
If anything is wrong with connection, IJ Network Device Setup Utility diagnoses the settings of the printer
and those of computer on which it is installed. In addition, IJ Network Device Setup Utility restores the status
of the printer and computer.
Important
• To use the printer over LAN, make sure you have the equipment necessary for the connection type,
such as a wireless router or a LAN cable.
• When you install IJ Network Device Setup Utility, disable block function of firewall.
75
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Start up Launchpad, select Canon Utilities, and then select IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
When you start up IJ Network Device Setup Utility, the screen below appears.
Enter the password specified for your computer and select Install Helper. IJ Network Device Setup Utility
starts diagnosis and repair of network.
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
76
Diagnosing and Repairing Network Settings
IJ Network Device Setup Utility diagnoses and repairs computer settings or connection between the
computer and printer when a problem (e.g. cannot print from a printer on the network) occurs.
Important
• Some models do not support diagnosis and repair function.•
For details:
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair Function
IJ Network Device Setup Utility starts checking the computer settings when it starts up. Perform operations
following the instructions on the screen.
Note
• This function checks the following items:
whether the computer is connected to the router
whether the printer can be detected on the network
whether the signal strength or communication level is sufficient (when using Wi-Fi)
whether the printer port setting matches with the network setting
77
List of Models Which Does Not Support Diagnosis and Repair
Function
The following models does not support "Diagnose and Repair" function of IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
• G4000 series
• PRO-500 series
• PRO-1000 series
• MB2100 series
• MB2700 series
• MB5100 series
• MB5400 series
• iB4000 series
• PRO-520
• PRO-540
• PRO-560
• PRO-540S
• PRO-560S
• PRO-2000
• PRO-4000
• PRO-6000
• PRO-4000S
• PRO-6000S
• TS9000 series
• TS8000 series
• TS6000 series
• TS5000 series
• MG3000 series
• E470 series
78
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper
You can load plain paper or photo paper.
Important
• If you cut plain paper to a size of 5" x 7" (13 x 18 cm) or smaller to perform a trial print, it may cause a•
paper jam.
Note
• We recommend Canon genuine photo paper for printing photos.•
For details on the Canon genuine paper, see Supported Media Types.
• You can use general copy paper or Canon Red Label Superior WOP111/Canon Océ Office Colour•
Paper SAT213.
For the page size and paper weight you can use for this printer, see Supported Media Types.
1. Prepare paper.1.
Align the edges of paper. If paper is curled, flatten it.
Note
• Align the edges of paper neatly before loading. Loading paper without aligning the edges may•
cause paper jams.
• If paper is curled, hold the curled corners and gently bend them in the opposite direction until the•
paper becomes completely flat.
For details on how to flatten curled paper, see
Check3
in Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is
Scratched/Ink Blots/Paper Curl.
•
When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss SG-201, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at a
•
time as it is. If you roll up this paper to flatten, this may cause cracks on the surface of the paper
and reduce the print quality.
2.
Pull straight up and fold back paper support (A).
2.
81
Note
•
Load long-length paper without opening the paper support. Depending on the weight of the paper,
•
the leading edge may rise and printing may be shifted. Make sure that the leading edge of the
paper does not rise, such as by holding the part that protrudes from the rear tray.
3. Pull out the paper output tray (B) and the output tray extension (C).3.
82
4. Open the feed slot cover (D).4.
5. Slide right paper guide (E) to open both paper guides.5.
6.
Load paper stack in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
6.
After loading paper on the rear tray, the paper information registration screen for the rear tray appears
on the LCD.
7.
Slide right paper guide to align with both sides of paper stack.
7.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the paper. The paper may not be fed properly.
83
Important
•
Always load paper in portrait orientation (F). Loading paper in landscape orientation (G) can
•
cause paper jams.
Note
• Do not load sheets of paper higher than the load limit mark (H).•
8.
Close feed slot cover gently.
8.
84
9.
Press the OK button.
9.
10. Use the button to select the size of the loaded paper, then press the OK button.10.
Note
• The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.•
11. Use the button to select the type of the loaded paper, then press the OK button.11.
Follow the instructions of any messages displayed to register the paper information.
Note
• There are various types of paper, such as paper with a special surface coating for printing photos at•
optimal quality and paper suitable for documents. Each media type has specific preset settings (how ink
is used and sprayed, distance from nozzles, etc.), that allow you to print to that type with optimal image
quality. The wrong paper settings may cause poor printout color quality or scratches on the printed
surface. If you notice blurring or uneven colors, increase the print quality setting and try printing again.
• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the settings for the paper•
loaded on the rear tray matches the paper settings. Before printing, make print settings in accordance
with the paper settings. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings
do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the
paper settings.
85
• When printing on long-length paper, support the output paper with your hands or use the printer in a•
place where the paper does not fall. If the paper falls, the printed side may become dirty or scratched.
Also, when supporting the paper with hands, be sure not to pull the paper forcefully while printing.
86
Loading Envelopes
The address is automatically rotated and printed according to the envelope's direction by specifying with the
printer driver properly.
Important
• Do not use the following envelopes. They could jam in the printer or cause the printer to malfunction.•
Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface
Envelopes with a double flap
Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive
1.
Prepare envelopes.
1.
•
Press down on all four corners and edges of the envelopes to flatten them.
•
• If the envelopes are curled, hold the opposite corners and gently twist them in the opposite•
direction.
• If the corner of the envelope flap is folded, flatten it.•
• Use a pen to press the leading edge in the inserting direction flat and sharpen the crease.•
The figures above show a side view of the leading edge of the envelope.
Important
•
The envelopes may jam in the printer if they are not flat or the edges are not aligned. Make sure
•
that no curl or puff exceeds 0.12 in. (3 mm).
2.
Pull straight up and fold back paper support (A).
2.
87
3.
Pull out the paper output tray (B) and the output tray extension (C).
3.
4. Open the feed slot cover (D).4.
5.
Slide right paper guide (E) to open both paper guides.
5.
88
6.
Load envelopes in portrait orientation WITH PRINT SIDE FACING UP.
6.
Up to 10 envelopes can be loaded at once.
After loading envelopes on the rear tray, the paper information registration screen for the rear tray
appears on the LCD.
Fold flap of the envelope and load the envelope in portrait orientation with the address side facing up.
7.
Slide right paper guide to align with both sides of envelopes.
7.
Do not slide the paper guides too hard against the envelopes. The envelopes may not be fed properly.
89
Note
•
Do not load envelopes higher than the load limit mark (F).
•
8.
Close feed slot cover gently.
8.
90
9. Press the OK button.9.
10.
Use button to select size of loaded envelopes on rear tray and press OK button.
10.
Note
•
The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.
•
11.
Use button to select Envelope and press OK button.
11.
Follow the instructions of any messages displayed to register the paper information.
Note
• To prevent incorrect printing, this printer has a function that detects whether the settings for the paper•
loaded on the rear tray matches the paper settings. Before printing, make print settings in accordance
with the paper settings. When this function is enabled, an error message is displayed if these settings
do not match to prevent incorrect printing. When this error message is displayed, check and correct the
paper settings.
91
Loading Originals on Platen
1. Open the document cover (A).1.
2. Load original WITH SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on platen.2.
Loading Based on Use
Supported Originals
Important
•
Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen.
•
Failure to observe the following may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to
break.
Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
93
Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down
the original.
3. Close the document cover gently.3.
Important
• After loading the original on the platen, be sure to close the document cover before starting to copy or•
scan.
94
Loading Based on Use
Load the original in the correct position according to the function to use. If you do not load the original
correctly, it may not be scanned properly.
Originals Function How to Load
Magazines, Newspapers, and
Documents
Copying Loading the Original to Be
Aligned with the alignment mark
Scanning by detecting the type and
size of the original automatically
If you scan using the operation panel,
press the SCAN button and select Auto
scan for Original type.
Scanning by specifying a standard
size (A4, Letter, etc.)
If you scan using the operation panel,
press the SCAN button, select Docu-
ment or Photo for Original type, and
then specify a standard size (A4, Letter,
etc.) for Scan size.
Photos, Postcards, Business
Cards, and Disc (BD/DVD/CD)
Scanning only one original
If you scan using the operation panel, fol-
low the operation below.
• Press the SCAN button and select•
Auto scan for Original type.
• Press the SCAN button, select Photo•
for Original type, and then specify
Auto scan(A) -Singl for Scan size.
Loading Only One Original in
Center of Platen
Scanning two or more originals
If you scan using the operation panel, fol-
low the operation below.
• Press the SCAN button and select•
Auto scan for Original type.
• Press the SCAN button, select Photo•
for Original type, and then specify
Auto scan(A) -Multi for Scan size.
Loading Two or More Originals on
Platen
Note
• For details on how to scan from the computer and how to load originals, see below.•
For Windows:
Scanning from Computer (Windows)
For macOS:
Scanning from Computer (macOS)
95
Loading the Original to Be Aligned with the alignment mark
Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN on the platen and align it with the
alignment mark . Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
Important
• The printer cannot scan the striped area (A) (0.04 in. (1 mm) from the edges of the platen glass).•
Loading Only One Original in Center of Platen
Place the original WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN, with 0.40 in. (1 cm) or more space
between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen. Portions placed on the diagonally striped area
cannot be scanned.
96
Loading Two or More Originals on Platen
Place the originals WITH THE SIDE TO SCAN FACING DOWN. Allow 0.40 in. (1 cm) or more space
between the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen and the originals, and between the originals.
Portions placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
You can place up to 12 items.
B: More than 0.40 in. (1 cm)
Note
• The Skew Correction function automatically compensates for the originals placed at an angle of up to•
approximately 10 degrees. Slanted photos with a long edge of 7.1 in. (180 mm) or more cannot be
corrected.
• Non-rectangular or irregular shaped photos (such as cut out photos) may not be scanned properly.•
97
Supported Originals
Item Details
Types of originals Text document, magazine, or newspaper
Printed photo, postcard, business card, or disc (BD/DVD/CD, etc.)
Size (width x height) Max. 8.5 x 11.7 in. (216 x 297 mm)
Note
• When loading a thick original such as a book on the platen, you can load it by removing the document•
cover from the printer.
How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover
98
How to Detach / Attach the Document Cover
Detaching the document cover:
Hold up the document cover in portrait orientation and then tip it back.
Attaching the document cover:
Fit both hinges (A) of the document cover into the holder (B) and insert both hinges of the document cover
vertically as illustrated below.
99
100
Refilling Ink Tanks
When remaining ink cautions or errors occur, the message will appear on the LCD to inform you of the error.
In this state, the printer cannot print. Check the remaining ink level with the ink tank indicator on the front of
the printer. If the ink level is near the lower limit line (A), refill the ink tank.
Important
• If the function for notifying the remaining ink level (remaining ink level notification function) is enabled,•
resetting the remaining ink level count is required before refilling ink tanks up to the upper limit line.
If the remaining ink level count is reset when the ink tanks are not full, the printer cannot detect the ink
level correctly.
From the printer
Ink level monitor
From the computer
Changing the remaining ink level notification setting
• If the remaining ink level notification function is disabled, visually inspect the remaining ink and refill the
ink tanks as necessary. Continuing printing with ink below the lower limit line of an ink tank may prevent
satisfactory print quality.
Note
• If print results become faint or white streaks appear despite sufficient ink levels, see Maintenance•
Procedure.
• For precautionary notes on handling ink bottles, see Notes on ink bottles.•
Refilling Procedure
When you refill ink tanks, follow the steps below.
Important
• Please ensure the printer remains flat after initial setup and is NOT turned upside down or on its side,
as ink in the printer may leak.
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Open the scanning unit / cover (B).
2.
102
Important
•
Do not touch tubes or other parts inside the printer. This can cause trouble with the printer.
•
3.
Open the tank cap (C) of the ink tank to be refilled.
3.
D: Yellow
E: Magenta
F: Cyan
G: Red
H: Black
I: Gray
Important
•
Carefully open the tank cap of the ink tank. Ink on the inside of the tank cap may spatter when
opening it.
4.
Hold the ink bottle upright and gently twist the bottle cap (J) to remove.
4.
103
Important
•
Do not shake the ink bottle. Ink may spatter when opening the cap.
5.
Refill the ink tank.
5.
Aligning the ink bottle's tip with the ink tank's inlet (K), slowly stand the bottle upside down, and push
the bottle into the inlet.
The ink tank is refilled. Support the bottle with your hand so that it does not fall.
Important
•
Make sure that each color of ink tanks is filled with corresponding color of ink bottles.
•
If ink is not injected into the ink tank, slowly remove and insert the ink bottle.
•
Make sure to refill the ink tank with ink up to the upper limit line (L) on the ink tank.
•
104
6. Once ink reaches the upper limit line, remove the ink bottle from the inlet.6.
Hold up the ink bottle slightly and remove the bottle from the inlet while slowly tilting it.
Important
•
Do not leave ink bottles in ink tanks.
•
Close the bottle cap of the ink bottle securely and store the ink bottle upright.
7.
Close the tank cap of the ink tank.
7.
Make sure the tank cap is completely inserted.
8. Close the scanning unit / cover.8.
To close the scanning unit / cover, hold it up once, then take it down gently.
Note
•
If the error message appears on the LCD after the scanning unit / cover is closed, take
•
appropriate action.
105
When Error Occurred
Notes on ink bottles
Important
• Keep out of reach of children.
• Do not drink ink.
• If ink is accidentally licked or swallowed, rinse out your mouth or drink one or two glasses of water
and obtain medical advice immediately. If ink gets into your eyes, flush them with water right away,
and obtain medical advice immediately.
• If ink gets on your skin, wash the area with soap and water immediately. If irritation to your skin
persists, obtain medical advice immediately.
• When you store ink bottles, close bottle caps completely and place bottles in standing position. If the
ink bottles are laid down, ink may leak.
• When refilling ink tanks, take sufficient care to prevent ink from spattering onto surroundings.
•
Ink may stain clothes or other belongings permanently. Washing may not remove ink stains.
• Do not use ink bottles and ink contained therein except to refill tanks of printers specified by Canon.
• Do not leave ink bottles in areas exposed to high temperature, such as near fire or a heater or in a
car. Bottles may warp and cause ink leakage or ink may become poor quality.
• Do not subject ink bottles to impacts. Ink bottles may be damaged or bottle caps may come off by
such impact, and ink may leak.
• Do not transfer ink to other containers. This may result in accidental ingestion, inappropriate use, or
poor ink quality.
• Do not mix ink with water or other ink. This may damage the printer.
• Once an ink bottle has been opened, do not leave it with bottle cap off. Ink will dry out, possibly
preventing proper operation of the printer when an ink tank is refilled using this bottle.
• To obtain optimum print quality, we recommend to refill the ink tank with ink up to the upper limit line•
at least once a year. If the function for notifying the remaining ink level is enabled, reset the remaining
ink level count after refilling the ink tanks up to the upper limit line.
For details on how to reset, see Ink level monitor.
Note
• Color ink may be consumed even when printing a black-and-white document or when black-and-•
white printing is specified. Every ink is also consumed in the standard cleaning and deep cleaning of
the print head, which may be necessary to maintain the performance of the printer.
When ink runs low, promptly refill it.
Ink Tips
106
Checking Ink Level
Check ink level with the ink tank indicator on the front of the printer.
When ink reaches the upper limit line (A), ink is full.
When ink is near the lower limit line (B), ink is running low. Refill the ink tank.
Note
• To check the remaining ink level, visually inspect the remaining ink in the ink tank.
Important
• If printing is continued when the remaining ink level is below the lower limit line, the printer may
consume a certain amount of ink to return to printable status.
Note
• This printer has a function for notifying the remaining ink level, called the remaining ink level notification•
function. If you refill the ink tank when the remaining ink level notification function is enabled or when
a remaining ink error occurs, refill the ink tank until the ink reaches the upper limit line. If ink does not
reach the upper limit line, the remaining ink level is not detected correctly.
For details on the remaining ink level notification function, see below.
Ink level monitor
• If a remaining ink error occurs, the error message appears on the LCD.•
When Error Occurred
• The remaining ink level notification function works from initial printing to the time when one of the inks
reaches the lower limit line shown on the ink tank. For the remaining ink level notification function to
work appropriately, each ink tank must be filled with entire contents of the corresponding color ink bottle
bundled with the printer before printing. After the initial filling, if either of the ink tanks is refilled before
the remaining ink level reaches the lower limit line, a significant error may occur in the accuracy of the
remaining ink level notification function. If you want to refill an ink tank before the remaining ink level
reaches the lower limit line, be sure to follow the procedure in the manual.
• To ensure you receive premium print quality and to help protect your print head, a certain amount of ink
remains in the ink tank when the printer indicates to refill the ink tank. The estimated page yields of the
ink bottle do not include this amount.
• Ink flows from the ink tanks to the inside of the printer. Ink may seem to run out fast due to this
procedure when you start using the printer or after transporting it.
107
Ink Tips
How is ink used for various purposes other than printing?
Ink may be used for purposes other than printing.
During initial setup, some of the ink from the bundled ink bottles is used to fill the print head's nozzles to
ensure the printer is print-ready.
Therefore, the page yield of the initial bundled set of ink bottles is lower than that of the subsequent sets
of bottles.
To keep printer's performance, Canon printer performs cleaning automatically according to its condition.
When the printer performs cleaning, a small amount of ink is consumed. In this case, all colors of ink may
be consumed.
[Cleaning function]
The cleaning function helps the printer to suck air bubbles or ink itself from the nozzle and thus prevents
print quality degradation or nozzle clogging.
Important
• The used ink is ejected into the maintenance cartridge. When the maintenance cartridge becomes•
full, replacement is necessary. If the displayed message indicates that the maintenance cartridge is
nearly full, promptly obtain a new one.
Replacing Maintenance Cartridge
Does black-and-white printing use color ink?
Black-and-white printing may use ink other than black ink depending on the type of printing paper or the
settings of the printer driver. So, color ink is consumed even when printing in black-and-white.
Similarly, color inks are also consumed along with black ink during print head cleaning.
108
Maintenance Procedure
If print results are blurred, colors are not printed correctly, or print results are unsatisfactory (e.g. misaligned
printed ruled lines), perform the maintenance procedure below.
Important
• Do not rinse or wipe the print head. This can cause trouble with the print head.•
Note
• Check if ink remains in the ink tanks.•
Checking Ink Level
• For Windows, increasing the print quality in the printer driver settings may improve the print result.•
Changing the Print Quality and Correcting Image Data
When the Print Results Are Blurred or Uneven:
Step1
Print the nozzle check pattern.
From the printer
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
From the computer
•
For Windows:
•
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
•
For macOS:
•
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Step2
Examine the nozzle check pattern.
If there are horizontal streaks in the pattern:
Step3
Clean the print head.
From the printer
Cleaning the Print Head
From the computer
• For Windows:•
Cleaning the Print Heads
•
For macOS:
•
Cleaning the Print Heads
After cleaning the print head, print and examine the nozzle check pattern:
Step1
110
If the problem is not resolved after performing from step 1 to step 3 twice:
Step4
Clean the print head deeply.
From the printer
Deep Print Head Cleaning
From the computer
•
For Windows:
•
Cleaning the Print Heads
•
For macOS:
•
Cleaning the Print Heads
After deep print head cleaning, print and examine the nozzle check pattern: Step1
When you have performed the procedure until step 4 and the problem has not been resolved, turn off the
power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.
If the problem is still not resolved, perform ink flush.
Ink flush consumes a great amount of ink. Frequent ink flush can rapidly consume ink, so perform ink flush
only when necessary.
Important
•
If ink flush is performed when the remaining ink level is insufficient, it may cause a failure. Be sure to
•
check the remaining ink level before performing ink flush.
From the printer
How to Perform Ink Flush
From the computer
Ink Flush
If the nozzle check pattern is not printed correctly even after performing ink flush, see Check Installation of
Print Head.
When the Print Results Are Not Even such as the Ruled Lines Are
Misaligned:
Step
Align the print head.
From the printer
Aligning the Print Head
From the computer
•
For Windows:
•
Adjusting Print Head Position Automatically
• For macOS:•
111
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
Print the nozzle check pattern to determine whether the ink ejects properly from the print head nozzle.
Note
• If the remaining ink level is low, the nozzle check pattern will not be printed correctly. If the remaining•
ink level is low, refill ink tanks.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Load a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in the rear tray.
2.
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper
3.
Press the Setup button, use the button to select Maintenance, and press the OK
3.
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
4. Use the button to select Nozzle check and press the OK button.4.
The nozzle check pattern will be printed.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the printing of the nozzle check pattern.
5. Examine the nozzle check pattern.5.
113
Examining the Nozzle Check Pattern
Examine the nozzle check pattern, and clean the print head if necessary.
Check if there are horizontal streaks in the pattern.
If there are horizontal streaks in the pattern:
A: Good
B: Bad (horizontal streaks are present)
If any color in the pattern is not printed:
(Example: Magenta pattern is not printed)
If one of the above is applied, cleaning the print head is required.
114
Cleaning the Print Head
Clean the print head if horizontal streaks are present in the printed nozzle check pattern. Cleaning unclogs
the nozzles and restores the print head condition. Cleaning the print head consumes ink, so clean the print
head only when necessary.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2.
Press the Setup button, use the button to select Maintenance, and press the OK
2.
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
3.
Use the button to select Cleaning and then press the OK button.
3.
The printer starts cleaning the print head.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the cleaning of the print head. This takes
about 1 minute.
4.
Check the print head condition.
4.
To check the print head condition, print the nozzle check pattern.
Note
• If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the print head twice, clean the print head deeply.•
115
Deep Print Head Cleaning
If print quality does not improve by the standard cleaning of the print head, clean the print head deeply.
Cleaning the print head deeply consumes more ink than the standard cleaning of the print head, so clean
the print head deeply only when necessary.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2.
Press the Setup button, use the button to select Maintenance, and press the OK
2.
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
3.
Use button to select Deep Cleaning and press OK button.
3.
The printer starts cleaning the print head deeply.
Do not perform any other operations until the printer completes the deep cleaning of the print head. This
takes about 2 to 3 minutes.
4.
Check the print head condition.
4.
To check the print head condition, print the nozzle check pattern.
If the problem is not resolved, turn off the power and clean the print head deeply again after 24 hours.
116
Aligning the Print Head
If printed ruled lines are misaligned or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head
position.
Note
• If the remaining ink level is low, the print head alignment sheet will not be printed correctly.•
If the remaining ink level is low, refill ink tanks.
• If ink runs out as the print head alignment sheet is printed, an error message appears on the LCD.•
When Error Occurred
You need to prepare: two sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Load two sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper on the rear tray.
2.
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper
3.
Press the Setup button, use the button to select Maintenance, and press the OK
3.
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
4. Use the button to select Head alignment and then press the OK button.4.
The print head alignment sheet is printed, and the print head is aligned automatically.
This takes about 3 minutes.
Note
•
If automatic print head alignment fails, an error message appears on the LCD.
•
When Error Occurred
Note
• For Windows, when the print results are still not satisfactory after adjusting the print head position as•
described above, adjust the print head position manually from the computer.
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually
• To print and check the current head position adjustment values, select Print align value on the•
Maintenance screen.
117
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
You can perform maintenance of printer and change the settings from a Remote UI.
The following is the procedure to open a Remote UI.
1. Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners1.
2.
Select your model from the printer list, and click Options & Supplies...
2.
3.
Click Show Printer Webpage... in General tab
3.
Remote UI starts.
Note
•
The password may have to be entered after Remote UI starts. In such a case, enter the password
and click OK. In case you do not know the password, click Passwords and cookies.
Related Topics
Cleaning the Print Heads
Adjusting Print Head Position
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Managing the Printer Power
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
Reducing the Printer Noise
119
Cleaning the Print Heads
The print head Cleaning and Deep Cleaning functions allow you to clear up clogged print head nozzles.
Perform print head Cleaning if printing results are not satisfactory or if a specific color fails to print, even
though there is enough ink.
Furthermore, if the situation does not improve even after performing Deep Cleaning, perform Ink Flush.
Before performing any operation, confirm that the maintenance cartridge has enough available space.
Cleaning
1.
Select Utilities from Remote UI
1.
2.
Click Cleaning
2.
Before performing Cleaning, check that the printer power is on.
Check the following. Then, if necessary, perform Cleaning.
•
Is there ink remaining?
3. Perform Cleaning3.
Click Yes.
Print head Cleaning starts.
4. Complete Cleaning4.
Next, the message for Nozzle Check pattern printing is displayed.
5. Check the results5.
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Yes. To cancel the check process, click No.
If cleaning the head once does not resolve the print head problem, clean it once more.
Important
• Cleaning consumes a small amount of ink.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Cleaning only
when necessary.
Deep Cleaning
Deep Cleaning is more thorough than Cleaning. Perform Deep Cleaning when two Cleaning attempts do
not resolve the print head problem.
1.
Select Utilities from Remote UI
1.
2.
Click Deep Cleaning
2.
Before performing Deep Cleaning, check that the printer power is on.
Check the following. Then, if necessary, perform Deep Cleaning.
120
• Is there ink remaining?
3. Perform Deep Cleaning3.
Click Yes.
Print head Deep Cleaning starts.
4. Complete Deep Cleaning4.
Next, the message for Nozzle Check pattern printing is displayed.
5.
Check the results
5.
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Yes. To cancel the check process, click No.
Important
• Deep Cleaning consumes a larger amount of ink than Cleaning.
Cleaning the print head frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Perform Deep
Cleaning only when necessary.
• If print results do not improve even after performing Deep Cleaning, turn off the power, wait 24 hours
without pulling out the power plug, and then perform Deep Cleaning again. If print results still do not
improve, perform Ink Flush.
Ink Flush uses a large volume of ink.
Ink Flush
Perform Ink Flush if the print results do not improve even after Deep Cleaning is performed.
1. Select Utilities from Remote UI1.
2. Click Ink Flush2.
Before performing Ink Flush, check that the printer power is on.
Check the following. Then, if necessary, perform Ink Flush.
•
Is there ink remaining?
3.
Perform Ink Flush
3.
Click Yes.
Ink Flush starts.
4.
Complete Ink Flush
4.
Next, the message for Nozzle Check pattern printing is displayed.
5.
Check the results
5.
To check whether the print quality has improved, click Yes. To cancel the check process, click No.
121
Important
• Ink Flush consumes an extremely large amount of ink.
Performing Ink Flush frequently will rapidly deplete your printer's ink supply. Therefore, perform Ink
Flush only when necessary.
• If Ink Flush is run when the remaining ink level is insufficient, it may cause a failure.
Note
• If there is no sign of improvement after performing Ink Flush, the ink may have run out or the print
head may be worn. For details on possible solutions, see "Ink Does Not Come Out."
Related Topic
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
122
Adjusting Print Head Position
Any error in the print head installation position can cause color and line shifts. Adjusting the print head
position improves print results.
Print Head Alignment - Auto
1.
Select Utilities from Remote UI
1.
2.
Click Print Head Alignment - Auto
2.
A message appears.
3.
Load paper in printer
3.
Load two sheets of A4 size or Letter size plain paper into the rear tray.
4.
Run head position adjustment
4.
Check that the printer power is on, and then click Yes.
Head alignment starts. Proceed with the operations in accordance with the messages on the screen.
Important
• Do not open the scanning unit / cover while printing is in progress; otherwise, printing will stop.
Note
• You can print and check the current settings by clicking on Print the head alignment value.
123
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
If the paper feed roller is dirty or paper powder is attached to it, paper may not be fed properly.
In this case, clean the paper feed roller.
You need to prepare: three sheets of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2.
Remove any paper from the rear tray.
2.
3.
Press the Setup button, use the button to select Maintenance, and press the OK
3.
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
4.
Clean the paper feed rollers without paper.
4.
Use button to select Roller Cleaning and press OK button.
The paper feed roller will rotate as it is cleaned without paper.
5. Clean the paper feed rollers with paper.5.
1. Make sure that the paper feed rollers have stopped rotating, and then load three sheets of A41.
or Letter-sized plain paper in the rear tray.
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper
2. Press the OK button.2.
The printer starts cleaning. The cleaning will be complete when the paper is ejected.
If the problem is still not resolved with the operation described above, follow the operation below.
1. Turn off the power and then unplug the power cord.1.
2. While rotating the paper feed rollers (A) located inside the rear tray more than two laps, wipe them with2.
a cloth tightly squeezed after moistening.
Do not touch the paper feed rollers with your fingers. Paper feeding performance may be degraded.
125
3. Turn on the power, then clean the paper feed rollers again.3.
If the problem is not resolved after cleaning the paper feed roller, contact your nearest Canon service center
to request a repair.
126
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Remove stains from the inside of the printer. If the inside of the printer becomes dirty, printed paper may get
dirty, so we recommend performing cleaning regularly.
You need to prepare: a sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper*
* Be sure to use a new piece of paper.
1.
Make sure that the power is turned on, then remove any paper from the rear tray.
1.
2.
Prepare paper.
2.
1. Fold a single sheet of A4 or Letter-sized plain paper in half widthwise, then unfold the paper.1.
2. Load only this sheet of paper on the rear tray with the open side facing you.2.
After loading paper on the rear tray, the paper information registration screen for the rear tray appears on
the LCD. Select A4 or Letter for Size: and Plain paper for Type:.
3. Close the feed slot cover(A) gently.3.
127
4. Pull out paper output tray (B), and then open output tray extension (C).4.
3.
Press the
Setup button, use the button to select Maintenance, and press the OK3.
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
4.
Use button to select Btm Plate Cleaning and press OK button.
4.
The paper cleans the inside of the printer as it feeds through the printer.
Check the folded parts of the ejected paper. If they are smudged with ink, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning
again.
128
Note
• When performing Bottom Plate Cleaning again, be sure to use a new piece of paper.•
If the problem is not resolved after performing cleaning again, the protrusions inside the printer may be
stained. Wipe off any ink from the protrusions using a cotton swab or the like.
Important
• Before cleaning the printer, turn it off and unplug it.•
129
Replacing Maintenance Cartridge
In case of cautions or errors concerning the maintenance cartridge, an error message will appear on the
LCD to inform you of the error. Take appropriate action as prompted by the message.
When Error Occurred
Important
• If the displayed message indicates that the maintenance cartridge is nearly full, promptly obtain a new•
one. If the maintenance cartridge becomes full, an error message is displayed and the printer stops
working until it is replaced with a new one.
• Do not touch the terminal (A) or opening (B) of the maintenance cartridge.•
Note
• When purchasing a new maintenance cartridge, order the following cartridge number.•
Maintenance Cartridge MC-G02
1. Prepare a new maintenance cartridge.1.
Remove the maintenance cartridge and the attached plastic bag from the package.
2.
Turn the printer off.
2.
3.
Unlock the coin screw from the maintenance cover (C).
3.
4.
Remove the maintenance cover.
4.
Put your finger on the hole of the maintenance cover and remove it.
130
5.
Pull out the maintenance cartridge until it stops.
5.
6. Lift the maintenance cartridge a little and pull it out.6.
Important
•
Be careful not to drop or place the removed maintenance cartridge on a desk or something. Dirt
•
on the bottom may adhere to it or the ink inside may be scattered.
•
Put the used one immediately into the plastic bag attached to the new maintenance cartridge and
•
seal the bag by tying the opening tightly to prevent the ink from leaking.
131
• Do not put your hands inside the printer, as ink may adhere to your hands.
•
7.
Insert the new maintenance cartridge straight until it stops.
7.
8.
Attach the maintenance cover.
8.
Align the tab on the back of the maintenance cover with the hole on the printer and close it.
9.
Insert the coin screw into the screw hole and turn it clockwise to secure.
9.
132
Checking Maintenance Cartridge Status on LCD
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2.
Press the Setup button, use the button to select M'ntenance cart info, and press the
2.
OK button.
LCD and Operation Panel
3.
Check the maintenance cartridge status.
3.
A symbol appears in the area A if there is any information about the used space of the maintenance
cartridge.
The maintenance cartridge is almost full. Prepare a new one.
The maintenance cartridge is nearly full or has become full. Confirm the error message, prepare a
new maintenance cartridge, and take appropriate action.
Note
• The above screen shows estimated used space.•
134
Overview
Safety
Safety Precautions
Regulatory Information
WEEE (EU & EEA)
Handling Precautions
Canceling Print Jobs
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Printer Handling Precautions
Transporting Your Printer
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
Keeping Print Quality High
Main Components and Their Use
Main Components
Power Supply
LCD and Operation Panel
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
Changing Settings
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (Windows)
Changing Printer Settings from Your Computer (macOS)
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Specifications
135
Safety Precautions
Safety Precautions
• This manual contains important notices and safety precautions about your printer.•
Do not use the printer in ways other than described in the accompanying manuals, as this may result
in fire, electric shock or other unexpected accidents.
Safety standard marks and declarations are only valid for the supported voltages and frequencies in
the applicable countries or regions.
Warning
• Users with cardiac pacemakers:•
This product emits a low-level magnetic flux. If you feel abnormalities, please move away from the
product and consult your doctor.
• Do not use the printer in the following cases:•
Stop use immediately, unplug the printer and call your local service representative to request repair.
Metal objects or liquids are spilt inside the printer.
The printer emits smoke, strange odors, or makes unusual noises.
The power cord or plug overheat or are broken, bent or damaged in any way.
• Failure to adhere to the following may result in fire, electric shock, or injury:
Do not place product close to the flammable solvents such as alcohol or thinner.
Do not open or modify the printer.
Use only the power cord/cables that came with your printer. Do not use these cables with other
devices.
Do not plug in to voltages or frequencies other than those specified.
Plug the power cord into the socket completely.
Do not plug in or unplug the power cord with wet hands.
Do not damage the power cord by twisting, bundling, tying, pulling or excessively bending it.
Do not place heavy objects on the power cord.
Do not connect multiple power cords to a single electrical outlet. Do not use multiple extension
cords.
Do not leave the printer plugged in during lightning storms.
Always unplug the power cord and cables when cleaning. Do not use flammable sprays or liquids
such as alcohol or thinners for cleaning.
Unplug the power cord once a month to check that it is not overheating, rusted, bent, scratched,
split, or otherwise damaged.
Caution
•
Do not put your hands inside the printer while printing.
•
Do not touch the metal parts of the print head immediately after printing.
•
Ink bottles
Keep out of reach of children.
Do not drink ink.
If ink is accidentally licked or swallowed, rinse out your mouth or drink one or two glasses of
137
water and obtain medical advice immediately.
If ink gets into your eyes, flush them with water right away, and obtain medical advice
immediately.
If ink gets on your skin, wash the area with soap and water immediately. If irritation to your skin
persists, obtain medical advice immediately.
When you store ink bottles, close bottle caps completely and place bottles in standing position. If
the ink bottles are laid down, ink may leak.
When refilling ink tanks, take sufficient care to prevent ink from spattering onto surroundings.
Ink may stain clothes or other belongings permanently. Washing may not remove ink stains.
Do not leave ink bottles in areas exposed to high temperature, such as near fire or a heater or in
a car. Bottles may warp and cause ink leakage or ink may become poor quality.
Do not subject ink bottles to impacts. Ink bottles may be damaged or bottle caps may come off by
such impact, and ink may leak.
Do not transfer ink to other containers. This may result in accidental ingestion, inappropriate use,
or poor ink quality.
• Moving the printer
Hold the printer by its sides and carry it with both hands.
138
General Notices
Choosing a Location
Refer to "Specifications" in the Online manual for details on operating environment.
• Do not install the printer in a location that is unstable or subject to excessive vibration.
• Do not install the printer in locations that get very hot (direct sunlight, or close to a heating source),
very humid or dusty locations, or outdoors.
• Do not place the printer on a thick rug or carpet.
• Do not place the printer flush against a wall.
Power Supply
• Keep the area around the power outlet clear at all times so you can easily unplug the power cord if
necessary.
• Never remove the plug by pulling on the cord.
General Notices
• Do not tilt the printer, stand it on end, or turn it upside down. This may cause ink to leak.
• Do not place anything on top of the printer. Be especially careful to avoid metal objects such as
paper clips and staples, and containers holding flammable liquids such as alcohol or thinner.
• Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen. Failure to observe the
following may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break.
◦ Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
◦ Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down
the original.
139
• Modifying or dismantling the print head or ink bottles, such as by putting holes in them, could cause
the ink to leak out and cause a malfunction. We recommend that you do not modify or dismantle
them.
• Do not put the print head or ink bottles into a fire.
140
Regulatory Information
Users in the U.S.A.
FCC Notice (U.S.A. Only)
For 120V, 60Hz model
Model Number: K10530 (Contains FCC Approved WLAN Module K30365)
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
(1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference
received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
Note: This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device,
pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against
harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful
interference to radio communications.
However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment
does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the
equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the
following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
• Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is
connected.
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.
Use of a shielded cable is required to comply with Class B limits in Subpart B of Part 15 of the FCC Rules.
Do not make any changes or modifications to the equipment unless otherwise specified in the manual. If
such changes or modifications should be made, you could be required to stop operation of the equipment.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
user's authority to operate equipment.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter.
The equipment complies with FCC radiation exposure limits for at uncontrolled equipment. This
equipment should be installed and operated with minimum distance at least 20cm between the radiator
and persons body (excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and ankles) and must not be colocated or
operated with any other antenna or transmitter.
Canon U.S.A., Inc.
One Canon Park
Melville, New York 11747
1-800-652-2666
141
Users in Europe
Product Information for the requirement of COMMISSION REGULATION (EU)
The power consumption in Off Mode or network standby and the transition time to Off or network
standby are as follows:
https://www.canon-europe.com/consumer/lot26/
Interference
Do not use the printer around medical equipment or other electronic devices. Signals from the printer may
interfere with the correct operation of these devices.
142
WEEE (EU&EEA)
Only for European Union and EEA (Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein)
This symbol indicates that this product is not to be disposed of with your household waste, according
to the WEEE Directive (2012/19/EU) and national legislation. This product should be handed over to a
designated collection point, e.g., on an authorized one-for-one basis when you buy a new similar product
or to an authorized collection site for recycling waste electrical and electronic equipment (EEE). Improper
handling of this type of waste could have a possible negative impact on the environment and human
health due to potentially hazardous substances that are generally associated with EEE. At the same
time, your cooperation in the correct disposal of this product will contribute to the effective usage of
natural resources. For more information about where you can drop off your waste equipment for recycling,
please contact your local city office, waste authority, approved WEEE scheme or your household waste
disposal service. For more information regarding return and recycling of WEEE products, please visit
www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Nur für Europäische Union und EWR (Norwegen, Island und
Liechtenstein)
Dieses Symbol weist darauf hin, dass dieses Produkt gemäß der EU-Richtlinie über Elektro- und
Elektronik-Altgeräte (2012/19/EU) und nationalen Gesetzen nicht über den Hausmüll entsorgt werden
darf. Dieses Produkt muss bei einer dafür vorgesehenen Sammelstelle abgegeben werden. Dies
kann z. B. durch Rückgabe beim Kauf eines ähnlichen Produkts oder durch Abgabe bei einer
autorisierten Sammelstelle für die Wiederaufbereitung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten geschehen.
Der unsachgemäße Umgang mit Altgeräten kann aufgrund potentiell gefährlicher Stoffe, die generell
mit Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten in Verbindung stehen, negative Auswirkungen auf die Umwelt
und die menschliche Gesundheit haben. Durch die umweltgerechte Entsorgung dieses Produkts tragen
Sie außerdem zu einer effektiven Nutzung natürlicher Ressourcen bei. Informationen zu Sammelstellen
für Altgeräte erhalten Sie bei Ihrer Stadtverwaltung, dem öffentlich-rechtlichen Entsorgungsträger, einer
autorisierten Stelle für die Entsorgung von Elektro- und Elektronik-Altgeräten oder Ihrem örtlichen
Entsorgungsunternehmen. Weitere Informationen zur Rückgabe und Entsorgung von Elektro- und
Elektronik-Altgeräten finden Sie unter www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Union Européenne, Norvège, Islande et Liechtenstein uniquement.
143
Ce symbole indique que ce produit ne doit pas être jeté avec les ordures ménagères, conformément
à la directive DEEE (2012/19/UE) et à la réglementation de votre pays. Ce produit doit être confié au
distributeur à chaque fois que vous achetez un produit neuf similaire, ou à un point de collecte mis
en place par les collectivités locales pour le recyclage des Déchets des Équipements Électriques et
Électroniques (DEEE). Le traitement inapproprié de ce type de déchet risque d'avoir des répercussions
sur l'environnement et la santé humaine, du fait de la présence de substances potentiellement
dangereuses généralement associées aux équipements électriques et électroniques. Parallèlement, votre
entière coopération dans le cadre de la mise au rebut correcte de ce produit favorisera une meilleure
utilisation des ressources naturelles. Pour plus d'informations sur les points de collecte des équipements
à recycler, contactez vos services municipaux, les autorités locales compétentes, le plan DEEE approuvé
ou le service d'enlèvement des ordures ménagères. Pour plus d'informations sur le retour et le recyclage
des produits DEEE, consultez le site: www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Uitsluitend bestemd voor de Europese Unie en EER (Noorwegen,
IJsland en Liechtenstein)
Dit symbool geeft aan dat dit product in overeenstemming met de AEEA-richtlijn (2012/19/EU) en
de nationale wetgeving niet mag worden afgevoerd met het huishoudelijk afval. Dit product moet
worden ingeleverd bij een aangewezen, geautoriseerd inzamelpunt, bijvoorbeeld wanneer u een nieuw
gelijksoortig product aanschaft, of bij een geautoriseerd inzamelpunt voor hergebruik van elektrische en
elektronische apparatuur (EEA). Een onjuiste afvoer van dit type afval kan leiden tot negatieve effecten
op het milieu en de volksgezondheid als gevolg van potentieel gevaarlijke stoffen die veel voorkomen
in elektrische en elektronische apparatuur (EEA). Bovendien werkt u door een juiste afvoer van dit
product mee aan het effectieve gebruik van natuurlijke hulpbronnen. Voor meer informatie over waar u
uw afgedankte apparatuur kunt inleveren voor recycling kunt u contact opnemen met het gemeentehuis in
uw woonplaats, de reinigingsdienst, of het afvalverwerkingsbedrijf. U kunt ook het schema voor de afvoer
van afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur (AEEA) raadplegen. Ga voor meer informatie
over het inzamelen en recyclen van afgedankte elektrische en elektronische apparatuur naar www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
Sólo para la Unión Europea y el Área Económica Europea (Noruega,
Islandia y Liechtenstein)
Este símbolo indica que este producto no debe desecharse con los desperdicios domésticos, de acuerdo
con la directiva RAEE (2012/19/UE) y con la legislación nacional. Este producto debe entregarse en uno
de los puntos de recogida designados, como por ejemplo, entregándolo en el lugar de venta al comprar
un producto similar o depositándolo en un lugar de recogida autorizado para el reciclado de residuos de
aparatos eléctricos y electrónicos (RAEE). La manipulación inapropiada de este tipo de desechos podría
tener un impacto negativo en el entorno y la salud humana, debido a las sustancias potencialmente
144
peligrosas que normalmente están asociadas con los RAEE. Al mismo tiempo, su cooperación a la hora
de desechar correctamente este producto contribuirá a la utilización eficazde los recursos naturales. Para
más información sobre cómo puede eliminar el equipo para su reciclado, póngase en contacto con las
autoridades locales, con las autoridades encargadas de los desechos, con un sistema de gestión RAEE
autorizado o con el servicio de recogida de basuras doméstico. Si desea más información acerca de la
devolución y reciclado de RAEE, visite la web www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Només per a la Unió Europea i a l’Espai Econòmic Europeu (Noruega,
Islàndia i Liechtenstein)
Aquest símbol indica que aquest producte no s’ha de llençar a les escombraries de la llar, d’acord
amb la Directiva RAEE (2012/19/UE) i la legislació nacional. Aquest producte s’hauria de lliurar en un
dels punts de recollida designats, com per exemple, intercanviant-lo un per un en comprar un producte
similar o lliurant-lo en un lloc de recollida autoritzat per al reciclatge de residus d’aparells elèctrics i
electrònics (AEE). La manipulació inadequada d’aquest tipus de residus podria tenir un impacte negatiu
en l’entorn i en la salut humana, a causa de les substàncies potencialment perilloses que normalment
estan associades als AEE. Així mateix, la vostra cooperació a l’hora de llençar correctament aquest
producte contribuirà a la utilització efectiva dels recursos naturals. Per a més informació sobre els punts
on podeu lliurar aquest producte per procedir al seu reciclatge, adreceu-vos a la vostra oficina municipal,
a les autoritats encarregades dels residus, al pla de residus homologat per la RAEE o al servei de
recollida de deixalles domèstiques de la vostra localitat. Per a més informació sobre la devolució i el
reciclatge de productes RAEE, visiteu www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Solo per Unione Europea e SEE (Norvegia, Islanda e Liechtenstein)
Questo simbolo indica che il prodotto deve essere oggetto di raccolta separata in conformità alla
Direttiva RAEE (2012/19/UE) e alla normativa locale vigente. Il prodotto deve essere smaltito presso
un centro di raccolta differenziata, un distributore autorizzato che applichi il principio dell'"uno contro
uno", ovvero del ritiro della vecchia apparecchiatura elettrica al momento dell'acquisto di una nuova, o
un impianto autorizzato al riciclaggio dei rifiuti di apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche. La gestione
impropria di questo tipo di rifiuti può avere un impatto negativo sull'ambiente e sulla salute umana
causato dalle sostanze potenzialmente pericolose che potrebbero essere contenute nelle apparecchiature
elettriche ed elettroniche. Un corretto smaltimento di tali prodotti contribuirà inoltre a un uso efficace
delle risorse naturali ed eviterà di incorrere nelle sanzioni amministrative di cui all'art. 255 e successivi
del Decreto Legislativo n. 152/06. Per ulteriori informazioni sullo smaltimento e il recupero dei Rifiuti
di Apparecchiature Elettriche ed Elettroniche, consultare la Direttiva RAEE, rivolgersi alle autorità
competenti, oppure visitare il sito www.canon-europe.com/weee.
145
Apenas para a União Europeia e AEE (Noruega, Islândia e
Liechtenstein)
Este símbolo indica que o produto não deve ser colocado no lixo doméstico, de acordo com a Directiva
REEE (2012/19/UE) e a legislação nacional. Este produto deverá ser colocado num ponto de recolha
designado, por exemplo, num local próprio autorizado quando adquirir um produto semelhante novo
ou num local de recolha autorizado para reciclar resíduos de equipamentos eléctricos e electrónicos
(EEE). O tratamento inadequado deste tipo de resíduo poderá causar um impacto negativo no ambiente
e na saúde humana devido às substâncias potencialmente perigosas normalmente associadas aos
equipamentos eléctricos e electrónicos. Simultaneamente, a sua cooperação no tratamento correcto
deste produto contribuirá para a utilização eficaz dos recursos naturais. Para mais informações sobre os
locais onde o equipamento poderá ser reciclado, contacte os serviços locais, a autoridade responsável
pelos resíduos, o esquema REEE aprovado ou o serviço de tratamento de lixo doméstico. Para mais
informações sobre a devolução e reciclagem de produtos REEE, vá a www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Gælder kun i Europæiske Union og EØS (Norge, Island og
Liechtenstein)
Dette symbol angiver, at det pågældende produkt ikke må bortskaffes sammen med dagrenovation
jf. direktivet om affald af elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr (WEEE) (2012/19/EU) og gældende national
lovgivning. Det pågældende produkt skal afleveres på et nærmere specificeret indsamlingssted, f.eks.
i overensstemmelse med en godkendt én-til-én-procedure, når du indkøber et nyt tilsvarende produkt,
eller produktet skal afleveres på et godkendt indsamlingssted for elektronikaffald. Forkert håndtering
af denne type affald kan medføre negative konsekvenser for miljøet og menneskers helbred på grund
af de potentielt sundhedsskadelige stoffer, der generelt kan forefindes i elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr.
Når du foretager korrekt bortskaffelse af det pågældende produkt, bidrager du til effektiv brug af
naturressourcerne. Yderligere oplysninger om, hvor du kan bortskaffe dit elektronikaffald med henblik
på genanvendelse, får du hos de kommunale renovationsmyndigheder. Yderligere oplysninger om
returnering og genanvendelse af affald af elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr får du ved at besøge www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
Μόνο για την Ευρωπαϊκή Ένωση και τον ΕΟΧ (Νορβηγία, Ισλανδία και
Λιχτενστάιν)
146
Αυτό το σύμβολο υποδηλώνει ότι αυτό το προϊόν δεν πρέπει να απορρίπτεται μαζί με τα οικιακά
απορρίμματα, σύμφωνα με την Οδηγία σχετικά με τα Απόβλητα Ηλεκτρικού και Ηλεκτρονικού Εξοπλισμού
(ΑΗΗΕ) (2012/19/ΕΕ) και την εθνική σας νομοθεσία. Αυτό το προϊόν πρέπει να παραδίδεται σε
καθορισμένο σημείο συλλογής, π.χ. σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη βάση ανταλλαγής όταν αγοράζετε ένα
νέο παρόμοιο προϊόν ή σε μια εξουσιοδοτημένη θέση συλλογής για την ανακύκλωση των αποβλήτων
Ηλεκτρικού και Ηλεκτρονικού Εξοπλισμού (ΗΗΕ). Ο ακατάλληλος χειρισμός αυτού του τύπου αποβλήτων
μπορεί να έχει αρνητικό αντίκτυπο στο περιβάλλον και την υγεία του ανθρώπου, λόγω δυνητικώς
επικίνδυνων ουσιών που γενικά συνδέονται με τον ΗΗΕ. Ταυτόχρονα, η συνεργασία σας όσον αφορά
τη σωστή απόρριψη αυτού του προϊόντος θα συμβάλει στην αποτελεσματική χρήση των φυσικών πόρων.
Για περισσότερες πληροφορίες σχετικά με τα σημεία όπου μπορείτε να απορρίψετε τον εξοπλισμό σας
για ανακύκλωση, επικοινωνήστε με το τοπικό γραφείο της πόλης σας, την υπηρεσία απορριμμάτων,
το εγκεκριμένο σχήμα ΑΗΗΕ ή την υπηρεσία απόρριψης οικιακών αποβλήτων. Για περισσότερες
πληροφορίες σχετικά με την επιστροφή και την ανακύκλωση των προϊόντων ΑΗΗΕ, επισκεφθείτε την
τοποθεσία www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Gjelder kun den europeiske union og EØS (Norge, Island og
Liechtenstein)
Dette symbolet indikerer at dette produktet ikke skal kastes sammen med husholdningsavfall, i henhold
til WEEE-direktiv (2012/19/EU) og nasjonal lov. Produktet må leveres til et dertil egnet innsamlingspunkt,
det vil si på en autorisert en-til-en-basis når du kjøper et nytt lignende produkt, eller til et autorisert
innsamlingssted for resirkulering av avfall fra elektrisk og elektronisk utstyr (EE-utstyr). Feil håndtering
av denne typen avfall kan være miljø- og helseskadelig på grunn av potensielt skadelige stoffer som
ofte brukes i EE-utstyr. Samtidig bidrar din innsats for korrekt avhending av produktet til effektiv bruk av
naturressurser. Du kan få mer informasjon om hvor du kan avhende utrangert utstyr til resirkulering ved
å kontakte lokale myndigheter, et godkjent WEEE-program eller husholdningens renovasjonsselskap. Du
finner mer informasjon om retur og resirkulering av WEEE-produkter på www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Vain Euroopan unionin sekä ETA:n (Norja, Islanti ja Liechtenstein)
alueelle.
Tämä tunnus osoittaa, että sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromua koskeva direktiivi (SER-direktiivi,
2012/19/EU) sekä kansallinen lainsäädäntö kieltävät tuotteen hävittämisen talousjätteen mukana.
Tuote on vietävä asianmukaiseen keräyspisteeseen, esimerkiksi kodinkoneliikkeeseen uutta vastaavaa
tuotetta ostettaessa tai viralliseen sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun keräyspisteeseen. Sähkö- ja
elektroniikkalaiteromun virheellinen käsittely voi vahingoittaa ympäristöä ja ihmisten terveyttä, koska
laitteet saattavat sisältää ympäristölle ja terveydelle haitallisia aineita. Lisäksi tuotteen asianmukainen
hävittäminen säästää luonnonvaroja. Lisätietoja sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun keräyspisteistä
saat kaupunkien ja kuntien tiedotuksesta, jätehuoltoviranomaisilta, sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun
147
kierrätysjärjestelmän ylläpitäjältä ja jätehuoltoyhtiöltä. Lisätietoja sähkö- ja elektroniikkalaiteromun
keräyksestä ja kierrätyksestä on osoitteessa www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Endast för Europeiska unionen och EES (Norge, Island och
Liechtenstein)
Den här symbolen visar att produkten enligt WEEE-direktivet (2012/19/EU) och nationell lagstiftning
inte får sorteras och slängas som hushållsavfall. Den här produkten ska lämnas in på en därför
avsedd insamlingsplats, t.ex. på en återvinningsstation auktoriserad att hantera elektrisk och elektronisk
utrustning (EE-utrustning) eller hos handlare som är auktoriserade att byta in varor då nya, motsvarande
köps (en mot en). Olämplig hantering av avfall av den här typen kan ha en negativ inverkan på miljön och
människors hälsa på grund av de potentiellt farliga ämnen som kan återfinnas i elektrisk och elektronisk
utrustning. Din medverkan till en korrekt avfallshantering av den här produkten bidrar dessutom till en
effektiv användning av naturresurserna. Kontakta ditt lokala kommunkontor, berörd myndighet, företag för
avfallshantering eller ta del av en godkänd WEEE-organisation om du vill ha mer information om var du
kan lämna den kasserade produkten för återvinning. För mer information om inlämning och återvinning av
WEEE-produkter, se www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Pouze Evropská unie a EHP (Norsko, Island a Lichtenštejnsko)
Tento symbol znamená, že podle směrnice o OEEZ (2012/19/EU) a podle vnitrostátních právních
předpisů nemá být tento výrobek likvidován s odpadem z domácností. Tento výrobek má být vrácen
do sběrného místa, např. v rámci autorizovaného systému odběru jednoho výrobku za jeden nově
prodaný podobný výrobek nebo v autorizovaném sběrném místě pro recyklaci odpadních elektrických
a elektronických zařízení (OEEZ). Nevhodné nakládání s tímto druhem odpadu by mohlo mít negativní
dopad na životní prostředí a lidské zdraví, protože elektrická a elektronická zařízení zpravidla obsahují
potenciálně nebezpečné látky. Vaše spolupráce na správné likvidaci tohoto výrobku současně napomůže
efektivnímu využívání přírodních zdrojů. Další informace o místech sběru vašeho odpadního zařízení
k recyklaci vám sdělí místní úřad vaší obce, správní orgán vykonávající dozor nad likvidací odpadu,
sběrny OEEZ nebo služba pro odvoz komunálního odpadu. Další informace týkající se vracení a
recyklace OEEZ naleznete na adrese www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Csak az Európai Unió és az EGT (Norvégia, Izland és Liechtenstein)
országaiban
148
Ez a szimbólum azt jelzi, hogy a helyi törvények és a WEEE-irányelv (2012/19/EU) szerint a
termék nem kezelhető háztartási hulladékként. A terméket a kijelölt nyilvános gyűjtőpontokon kell
leadni, például hasonló cserekészülék vásárlásakor, illetve bármelyik, elektromos és elektronikai
berendezésekből származó hulladék (WEEE) átvételére feljogosított gyűjtőponton. Az ilyen jellegű
hulladékok a nem megfelelő kezelés esetén a bennük található veszélyes anyagok révén ártalmasak
lehetnek a környezetre és az emberek egészségére. Továbbá, a termékből származó hulladék
megfelelő kezelésével hozzájárulhat a természetes nyersanyagok hatékonyabb hasznosításához. A
berendezésekből származó, újrahasznosítható hulladékok elhelyezésére vonatkozó további tudnivalókért
forduljon a helyi önkormányzathoz, a közterület-fenntartó vállalathoz, a háztartási hulladék begyűjtését
végző vállalathoz, illetve a hivatalos WEEE-képviselethez. További tudnivalókat a WEEE-termékek
visszajuttatásáról és újrahasznosításáról a www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Tylko dla krajów Unii Europejskiej oraz EOG (Norwegia, Islandia i
Liechtenstein)
Ten symbol oznacza, że zgodnie z dyrektywą WEEE dotyczącą zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i
elektronicznego (2012/19/UE) oraz przepisami lokalnymi nie należy wyrzucać tego produktu razem z
odpadami gospodarstwa domowego. Produkt należy przekazać do wyznaczonego punktu gromadzenia
odpadów, np. firmie, od której kupowany jest nowy, podobny produkt lub do autoryzowanego punktu
gromadzenia zużytego sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego w celu poddania go recyklingowi.
Usuwanie tego typu odpadów w nieodpowiedni sposób może mieć negatywny wpływ na otoczenie i
zdrowie innych osób ze względu na niebezpieczne substancje stosowane w takim sprzęcie. Jednocześnie
pozbycie się zużytego sprzętu w zalecany sposób przyczynia się do właściwego wykorzystania zasobów
naturalnych. Aby uzyskać więcej informacji na temat punktów, do których można dostarczyć sprzęt
do recyklingu, prosimy skontaktować się z lokalnym urzędem miasta, zakładem utylizacji odpadów,
skorzystać z instrukcji zatwierdzonej dyrektywą WEEE lub skontaktować się z przedsiębiorstwem
zajmującym się wywozem odpadów domowych. Więcej informacji o zwracaniu i recyklingu zużytego
sprzętu elektrycznego i elektronicznego znajduje się w witrynie www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Platí len pre štáty Európskej únie a EHP (Nórsko, Island a
Lichtenštajnsko)
Tento symbol znamená, že podľa Smernice 2012/19/EÚ o odpade z elektrických a elektronických
zariadení (OEEZ) a podľa platnej legislatívy Slovenskej republiky sa tento produkt nesmie likvidovať
spolu s komunálnym odpadom. Produkt je potrebné odovzdať do určenej zberne, napr. prostredníctvom
výmeny za kúpu nového podobného produktu, alebo na autorizované zberné miesto, ktoré spracúva
odpad z elektrických a elektronických zariadení (EEZ). Nesprávna manipulácia s takýmto typom odpadu
môže mať negatívny vplyv na životné prostredie a ľudské zdravie, pretože elektrické a elektronické
zariadenia obsahujú potenciálne nebezpečné látky. Spoluprácou na správnej likvidácii produktu prispejete
149
k účinnému využívaniu prírodných zdrojov. Ďalšie informácie o mieste recyklácie opotrebovaných
zariadení získate od miestneho úradu, úradu životného prostredia, zo schváleného plánu OEEZ alebo od
spoločnosti, ktorá zaisťuje likvidáciu komunálneho odpadu. Viac informácií nájdete aj na webovej stránke:
www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Üksnes Euroopa Liit ja EMP (Norra, Island ja Liechtenstein)
See sümbol näitab, et antud toodet ei tohi vastavalt elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete jäätmeid käsitlevale
direktiivile (2012/19/EL) ning teie riigis kehtivatele õigusaktidele utiliseerida koos olmejäätmetega. Antud
toode tuleb anda selleks määratud kogumispunkti, nt müügipunkt, mis on volitatud üks ühe vastu
vahetama, kui ostate uue sarnase toote, või elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmete jäätmete ümbertöötlemiseks
mõeldud kogumispunkti. Täiendava teabe saamiseks elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmetest tekkinud
jäätmete tagastamise ja ümbertöötlemise kohta võtke ühendust kohaliku omavalitsusega, asjakohase
valitsusasutusega, asjakohase tootjavastutusorganisatsiooniga või olmejäätmete käitlejaga. Lisateavet
leitate ka Interneti-leheküljelt www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Tikai Eiropas Savienībai un EEZ (Norvēģijai, Islandei un Lihtenšteinai)
Šis simbols norāda, ka atbilstoši ES Direktīvai (2012/19/ES) par elektrisko un elektronisko iekārtu
atkritumiem (EEIA) un vietējiem tiesību aktiem no šī izstrādājuma nedrīkst atbrīvoties, izmetot to kopā
ar sadzīves atkritumiem. Šis izstrādājums ir jānodod piemērotā savākšanas vietā, piemēram, apstiprinātā
veikalā, kur iegādājaties līdzīgu jaunu produktu un atstājat veco, vai apstiprinātā vietā izlietotu elektrisko
un elektronisko iekārtu pārstrādei. Nepareiza šāda veida atkritumu apsaimniekošana var apdraudēt vidi
un cilvēka veselību tādu iespējami bīstamu vielu dēļ, kas parasti ir elektriskajās un elektroniskajās
iekārtās. Turklāt jūsu atbalsts pareizā šāda veida atkritumu apsaimniekošanā sekmēs efektīvu dabas
resursu izmantošanu. Lai saņemtu pilnīgāku informāciju par vietām, kur izlietoto iekārtu var nodot
pārstrādei, sazinieties ar vietējo pašvaldību, atkritumu savākšanas atbildīgo dienestu, pilnvarotu EEIA
struktūru vai sadzīves atkritumu apsaimniekošanas iestādi. Lai saņemtu plašāku informāciju par elektrisko
un elektronisko iekārtu nodošanu pārstrādei, apmeklējiet tīmekļa vietni www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Tik Europos Sąjungai ir EEE (Norvegijai, Islandijai ir Lichtenšteinui)
Šis ženklas reiškia, kad gaminio negalima išmesti su buitinėmis atliekomis, kaip yra nustatyta Direktyvoje
(2012/19/ES) ir nacionaliniuose teisė aktuose dėl EEĮ atliekų tvarkymo. Šį gaminį reikia atiduoti į tam
skirtą surinkimo punktą, pvz., pagal patvirtintą keitimo sistemą, kai perkamas panašus gaminys, arba
150
į elektros ir elektroninės įrangos (EEĮ) atliekų perdirbimo punktą. Netinkamas tokios rūšies atliekų
tvarkymas dėl elektros ir elektroninėje įrangoje esančių pavojingų medžiagų gali pakenkti aplinkai
ir žmonių sveikatai. Padėdami užtikrinti tinkamą šio gaminio šalinimo tvarką, kartu prisidėsite prie
veiksmingo gamtos išteklių naudojimo. Jei reikia daugiau informacijos, kaip šalinti tokias atliekas, kad
jos būtų toliau perdirbamos, kreipkitės į savo miesto valdžios institucijas, atliekų tvarkymo organizacijas,
patvirtintų EEĮ atliekų sistemų arba jūsų buitinių atliekų tvarkymo įstaigų atstovus. Išsamesnės
informacijos apie EEĮ atliekų grąžinimo ir perdirbimo tvarką galite rasti apsilankę tinklalapyje www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
Samo za Evropsko unijo in EGP (Norveška, Islandija in Lihtenštajn)
Ta simbol pomeni, da tega izdelka v skladu z direktivo OEEO (2012/19/EU) in državno zakonodajo
ne smete odvreči v gospodinjske odpadke. Ta izdelek morate odložiti na ustrezno zbiralno mesto, na
primer pri pooblaščenem prodajalcu, ko kupite podoben nov izdelek ali na zbiralno mesto za recikliranje
električne in elektronske opreme. Neprimerno ravnanje s takšnimi odpadki lahko negativno vpliva na
okolje in človekovo zdravje zaradi nevarnih snovi, ki so povezane z električno in elektronsko opremo.
S pravilno odstranitvijo izdelka hkrati prispevate tudi k učinkoviti porabi naravnih virov. Če želite več
informacij o tem, kje lahko odložite odpadno opremo za recikliranje, pokličite občinski urad, komunalno
podjetje ali službo, ki skrbi za odstranjevanje odpadkov, ali si oglejte načrt OEEO. Če želite več informacij
o vračanju in recikliranju izdelkov v skladu z direktivo OEEO, obiščite www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Само за Европейския съюз и ЕИП (Норвегия, Исландия и
Лихтенщайн)
Този символ показва, че този продукт не трябва да се изхвърля заедно с битовите отпадъци,
съгласно Директивата за ИУЕЕО (2012/19/ЕC) и Вашето национално законодателство. Този
продукт трябва да бъде предаден в предназначен за целта пункт за събиране, например на база
размяна, когато купувате нов подобен продукт, или в одобрен събирателен пункт за рециклиране
на излязло от употреба електрическо и електронно оборудване (ИУЕЕО). Неправилното третиране
на този тип отпадъци може да доведе до евентуални отрицателни последствия за околната среда
и човешкото здраве поради потенциално опасните вещества, които обикновено са свързани с ЕЕО.
В същото време Вашето съдействие за правилното изхвърляне на този продукт ще допринесе за
ефективното използване на природните ресурси. Повече информация относно местата, където
може да предавате излязло от употреба оборудване за рециклиране, може да получите от
местните власти, от органа, отговорен за отпадъците и от одобрена система за излязло от
употреба ЕЕО или от Вашата местна служба за битови отпадъци. За повече информация относно
връщането и рециклирането на продукти от излязло от употреба ЕЕО посетете www.canon-
europe.com/weee.
151
Doar pentru Uniunea Europeană şi EEA (Norvegia, Islanda şi
Liechtenstein)
Acest simbol indică faptul că acest produs nu trebuie aruncat o dată cu reziduurile menajere, în
conformitate cu Directiva DEEE (Directiva privind deşeurile de echipamente electrice şi electronice)
(2012/19/UE) şi legile naţionale. Acest produs trebuie transportat la un punct de colectare special, de
exemplu un centru care preia produsele vechi atunci când achiziţionaţi un produs nou similar, sau la
un punct de colectare autorizat pentru reciclarea deşeurilor provenite de la echipamentele electrice şi
electronice (EEE). Mânuirea necorespunzătoare a acestor tipuri de deşeuri poate avea un impact negativ
asupra mediului înconjurător şi sănătăţii indivizilor, din cauza substanţelor potenţial nocive care sunt în
general asociate cu EEE. În acelaşi timp, cooperarea dvs. la reciclarea corectă a acestui produs va
contribui la utilizarea efectivă a resurselor naturale. Pentru mai multe informaţii privind locurile de reciclare
a deşeurilor provenite de la echipamente, contactaţi biroul primăriei locale, autoritatea responsabilă cu
colectarea deşeurilor, schema DEEE aprobată sau serviciul de colectare a deşeurilor menajere. Pentru
mai multe informaţii privind returnarea şi reciclarea produselor DEEE, vizitaţi www.canon-europe.com/
weee.
Samo za Europsku uniju i EEZ (Norveška, Island i Lihtenštajn)
Ovaj simbol pokazuje da se ovaj proizvod ne smije odlagati s kućnim otpadom sukladno WEEE Direktivi
(2012/19/EC) i vašem nacionalnom zakonu. Ovaj proizvod je potrebno predati na posebno mjesto za
sakupljanje otpada, npr. na ovlašteno mjesto gdje možete zamijeniti staro za novo ukoliko kupujete novi
sličan proizvod ili na ovlašteno mjesto za sakupljanje rabljene električne i elektroničke opreme (EEE) za
recikliranje. Nepropisno rukovanje ovom vrstom otpada može imati negativan učinak na okolinu i zdravlje
ljudi zbog supstanci koje su potencijalno opasne za zdravlje, a općenito se povezuju s EEE. Istovremeno,
vaša će suradnja kroz propisno odlaganje ovog proizvoda doprinijeti efektivnoj uporabi prirodnih resursa.
Za više informacija o tome gdje možete odložiti svoj otpad za recikliranje obratite se vašem lokalnom
gradskom uredu, komunalnoj službi, odobrenom WEEE programu ili službi za odlaganje kućnog otpada.
Ostale informacije o vraćanju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda potražite na www.canon-europe.com/weee.
Korisnici u Srbiji
Ovaj simbol označava da ovaj proizvod ne sme da se odlaže sa ostalim kućnim otpadom, u skladu
sa WEEE Direktivom (2012/19/EU) i nacionalnim zakonima. Ovaj proizvod treba predati određenom
centru za prikupljanje, npr. na osnovi "jedan-za-jedan" kada kupujete sličan novi proizvod, ili ovlašćenom
centru za prikupljanje za reciklažu istrošene električne i elektronske opreme (EEE). Nepravilno rukovanje
152
ovom vrstom otpada može da ima moguće negativne posledice po životnu sredinu i ljudsko zdravlje
usled potencijalno opasnih materijala koji se uglavnom vezuju za EEE. U isto vreme, vaša saradnja
na ispravnom odlaganju ovog proizvoda će doprineti efikasnom korišćenju prirodnih resursa. Za više
informacija o tome gde možete da predate vašu staru opremu radi recikliranje, vas molimo, da
kontaktirate lokalne gradske vlasti, komunalne službe, odobreni plan reciklaže ili Gradsku čistoću. Za više
informacija o vraćanju i recikliranju WEEE proizvoda, posetite stranicu www.canon-europe.com/weee.
153
Legal Restrictions on Scanning/Copying
Scanning, printing, copying, or modifying copies of the following may be punishable under law.
This list is non-exhaustive. When in doubt, check with a local legal representative.
• Paper money•
• Money orders•
• Certificates of deposit•
• Postage stamps (canceled or uncanceled)•
• Identification badges or insignia•
• Selective service or draft papers•
• Checks or drafts issued by governmental agencies•
• Motor vehicle licenses and certificates of title•
• Traveler's checks•
• Food stamps•
• Passports•
• Immigration papers•
• Internal revenue stamps (canceled or uncanceled)•
• Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness•
• Stock certificates•
• Copyrighted works or works of art, without the owner's consent•
155
Printer Handling Precautions
Do not place any object on the document cover!
Do not place any object on the document cover. It will fall into the rear tray when the document cover is
opened and cause the printer to malfunction. Also, place the printer where objects will not fall on it.
156
Transporting Your Printer
When relocating the printer for changing your living place or repairing it, make sure of the following.
Important
• You cannot take ink out of ink tanks.•
• Check if the tank cap is completely inserted.•
• Prepare for transporting the printer with the print head attached. This allows the printer to automatically•
cap the print head, thus preventing it from drying.
• Do not remove the print head. Ink may leak.•
• If ink stains the inside of the printer, wipe them using a soft cloth dampened with water.•
• When transporting the printer, pack the printer in a plastic bag so that ink does not leak.•
• Pack the printer in a sturdy box so that it is placed with its bottom facing down, using sufficient•
protective material to ensure safe transport.
• Do not tilt the printer. Ink may leak.•
• When a shipping agent is handling transport of the printer, have its box marked "THIS SIDE UP" to•
keep the printer with its bottom facing down. Mark also with "FRAGILE" or "HANDLE WITH CARE".
• Please handle with care and ensure the box remains flat and NOT turned upside down or on its side, as•
the printer may be damaged and ink in the printer may leak.
1.
Press the Setup button, use the button to select Maintenance, and press the OK
1.
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
2.
Use the button to select Transport mode and press the OK button.
2.
3.
Use the button to select Yes and press the OK button.
3.
If you do not want to enter the transporting mode, select No.
157
Note
• When entering the transporting mode and proceeding with the procedure, the power is turned off•
automatically.
4.
Open the scanning unit / cover (A) .
4.
Important
• Do not touch tubes or other parts inside the printer. This can cause trouble with the printer.•
5. Turn the ink valve lever (B) to the left.5.
Important
•
The inside of the printer may become stained with ink. Be careful not to get your clothes and your
•
hands dirty.
6.
Close the scanning unit / cover.
6.
To close the scanning unit / cover, hold it up once, then take it down gently.
158
The printer is turned off.
7. Check that ON lamp is off and unplug power cord.7.
Important
•
Do not unplug the printer while the ON lamp is lit or flashing, as it may cause malfunction or
•
damage to the printer, making the printer unable to print.
8.
Open the scanning unit / cover again.
8.
9.
Remove the carriage stopper (C) and insert it all the way into the hole in the printer side.
9.
Pull the carriage stopper forward while pulling it up and insert it in the same orientation.
10.
Close the scanning unit / cover.
10.
11.
Retract output tray extension and paper output tray.
11.
12.
Retract paper support.
12.
159
13. Unplug the printer cable from the computer and from the printer, then unplug the power13.
cord from the printer.
14. Use adhesive tape to secure all the covers on the printer to keep them from opening during14.
transportation. Then pack the printer in the plastic bag.
Close and seal the opening of the bag with an object such as tape so as not to leak ink.
15. Attach the protective material to the printer when packing the printer in the box.15.
Important
• After transporting your printer, remove the carriage stopper, place it in the original position, turn the ink•
valve lever to the right, and then turn on the printer.
160
When Repairing, Lending, or Disposing of the Printer
If you have entered personal data, passwords and/or other security settings on the printer, such information
may be stored in the printer.
When sending the printer for repair, lending or transferring the printer to another person, or disposing of the
printer, please be sure to follow the steps below in order to delete such information and prevent third parties
from accessing it.
• Press the Setup button, select Device settings > Reset setting > All data, and then select Yes.•
161
Keeping Print Quality High
The key to printing with the optimal printing quality is to prevent the print head from drying or clogging.
Always observe the following rules for optimal printing quality.
Note
• Depending on the type of paper, ink may blur if you trace the printed area with a highlight pen or•
paint-stick, or bleed if water or sweat comes in contact with the printed area.
Never unplug the power cord until the power is turned off!
If you press the ON button to turn off the power, the printer caps the print head (nozzles) automatically to
prevent from drying. If you unplug the power cord from the wall outlet before the ON lamp is turned off, the
print head will not be capped properly and this will cause drying or clogging.
When unplugging the power cord, check that the ON lamp is not lit.
Print periodically!
Just as the tip of a felt pen becomes dry and unusable if it has not been used for a long time, even if it is
capped, the print head too, may become dried or clogged if the printer has not been used for a long time.
We recommend you to use the printer at least once a month.
162
Front View
A: Operation Panel
Use to change the settings of the printer or to operate it.
Operation Panel
B: Document Cover
Open to load an original on the platen.
C: Paper Support
Extend to load paper in the rear tray.
D: Paper Guides
Align with both sides of the paper stack.
E: Feed Slot Cover
Prevents anything from falling into the feed slot.
Open it to slide the paper guides, and close it before printing.
F: Rear Tray
Load paper here. Two or more sheets of the same size and type of paper can be loaded at the same
time, and fed automatically one sheet at a time.
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper
Loading Envelopes
G: Paper Output Tray
Printed paper is ejected. Pull out it before printing.
H: Output Tray Extension
Open to support ejected paper.
165
I: Platen
Load an original here.
166
Rear View
A: Power Cord Connector
Plug in the supplied power cord.
B: Maintenance Cartridge
Absorbs ink used for cleaning.
Note
• For details on how to replace the maintenance cartridge, see Replacing Maintenance Cartridge.•
C: Maintenance Cover
Open when replacing the maintenance cartridge.
D: USB Port
Plug in the USB cable to connect the printer with a computer.
Important
• Do not touch the metal casing.•
• Do not plug in or unplug the USB cable while the printer is printing or scanning with the computer. This•
can cause trouble.
167
Inside View
A: Scanning Unit / Cover
Scans originals. Open to refill ink tanks and to remove jammed paper.
B: Tank Cap
Open to refill ink tanks.
C: Ink Tanks
The gray and black ink tanks are on the left, and the red, cyan, magenta, and yellow ink tanks are on
the right.
If any ink levels are low, refill the low tanks.
Refilling Ink Tanks
D: Upper limit line
Indicates the maximum capacity of the ink.
E: Single dot
Indicates the amount of ink required when performing ink flush.
F: Lower limit line
Indicates the lower limit of the sufficient amount of ink to print. Refill the ink tank before the amount of
ink is below this line.
G: Ink Valve Lever
Operate when transporting a printer.
Transporting Your Printer
168
H: Print Head Holder
The print head is pre-installed.
169
Operation Panel
A: ON lamp
Lights after flashing when the power is turned on.
B: ON button
Turns the power on or off. Before turning on the power, make sure that the document cover is closed.
Turning the Printer On and Off
C: LCD (Liquid Crystal Display)
Displays messages, menu items, and the operational status.
D: OK button
Finalizes your selection of items. Also used to resolve errors.
E: Setup button
Displays the Setup menu screen. With this menu, you can perform printer maintenance and change
printer settings. Also used for selecting the input mode.
F: SCAN button
Switches the printer to the scan mode.
G: Wireless connect button
To set wireless router information in the printer directly from a smartphone or other such device (without
having to do any procedures at the router), hold down this button.
H: Stop button
Cancels operation when printing is in progress or when selecting a menu item.
170
I: Color button
Starts color copying, scanning, etc.
J: Alarm lamp
Lights or flashes when an error occurs.
K: Black button
Starts black & white copying, scanning, etc.
L: MENU button
Press to display the copy and scan menu items.
M: COPY button
Switches the printer to the copy mode.
N: and buttons
Used to select a setting item. These buttons are also used for entering characters.
O: Back button
Returns the LCD to the previous screen.
171
Checking that Power Is On
The ON lamp is lit when the printer is turned on.
Even if the LCD is off, if the ON lamp is lit, the printer is on.
Note
• It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.•
• The LCD will turn off if the printer is not operated for about 11 minutes. To restore the display, press•
any button or perform the print operation.
173
Turning the Printer On and Off
Turning on the printer
Press the ON button to turn on the printer.
The ON lamp flashes and then remains lit.
Checking that Power Is On
Note
• It may take a while for the printer to start printing immediately after you turn on the printer.•
• If an error message is displayed on the LCD, see When Error Occurred.•
• You can set the printer to automatically turn on when a print or scan operation is performed from a•
computer connected by USB cable or wireless network. This feature is set to off by default.
From the printer
ECO settings
From the computer
For Windows:
Managing the Printer Power
For macOS:
Managing the Printer Power
Turning off the printer
Press the ON button to turn off the printer.
When the ON lamp stops flashing, the printer is turned off.
174
Important
• When you unplug the power cord after turning off the printer, be sure to confirm that the ON lamp is•
off.
Note
• You can set the printer to automatically turn off when no operations are performed or no print jobs•
are sent to the printer for a certain interval. This feature is set to on by default.
From the printer
ECO settings
From the computer
For Windows:
Managing the Printer Power
For macOS:
Managing the Printer Power
175
Checking the Power Plug/Power Cord
Unplug the power cord once a month to confirm that the power plug/power cord does not have anything
unusual described below.
• The power plug/power cord is hot.•
• The power plug/power cord is rusty.•
• The power plug/power cord is bent.•
• The power plug/power cord is worn.•
• The power plug/power cord is split.•
Caution
• If you find anything unusual with the power plug/power cord described above, unplug the power cord•
and call for service. Using the printer with one of the unusual conditions above may cause a fire or an
electric shock.
176
Unplugging the Printer
To unplug the power cord, follow the procedure below.
Important
• When you unplug the power cord, press the ON button, then confirm that the ON lamp is off.•
Unplugging the power cord while the ON lamp is lit or flashing may cause drying or clogging of the
print head and print quality may be reduced.
1.
Press the ON button to turn the printer off.
1.
2. Confirm that the ON lamp is off.2.
3.
Unplug the power cord.
3.
The specification of the power cord differs depending on the country or region of use.
177
LCD and Operation Panel
The Copy standby screen appears when the printer is turned on.
When the COPY button, SCAN button, or Setup button is pressed, the display switches to copy mode, scan
mode, or setup menu screen.
Copy mode
Scan mode
Setup
When the MENU button is pressed in the Copy standby screen or Scan standby screen, the menu screen
appears.
Copy menu
Setting Items for Copying
Special Copy Menu
Scan menu
Setting Items for Scanning Using Operation Panel
In a menu or settings screen, use the button to select an item or option, and then press the OK button
to proceed with the procedure.
Note
• For details on how to change settings, refer to Changing Settings from Operation Panel.•
178
Network Status Indication
Wi-Fi setting and the network status indicate by the icon.
If the icon appears on the LCD when the COPY button, SCAN button, or Setup button is
pressed, it indicates that Wi-Fi is enabled and the printer is connected to the wireless router.
Depending on the signal state, the icon will change.
Signal strength: 81 % or more
You can use the printer over Wi-Fi without any problems.
Signal strength: 51 % or more
The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur according to the network status. We recommend
placing the printer near the wireless router.
Signal strength: 50 % or less
The problem such as the printer cannot print may occur. Place the printer near the wireless router.
Wi-Fi is enabled but the printer is not connected to the wireless router.
Note
• When Wi-Fi is disabled, the icon is not displayed.•
179
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
The buttons on the operation panel allow you to enter (or change) characters, numbers, or symbols when
setting up the network or making other settings.
Switching the Input Mode
The current input mode appears at the upper right corner of the LCD.
Pressing the Setup button on the operation panel toggles through the input modes in the order lowercase
> uppercase > numeric > symbols, showing the first available character.
The following shows available characters in each mode.
Mode Available characters
Lowercase abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz SP
Uppercase ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ SP
Numeric 1234567890 SP
Symbols
. @ - _ SP # ! " , ; : ^ ` = / | ' ? $ % & + ( ) [ ] { } < > \
~
SP: Indicates a space.
Note
• Only the input modes or characters available for input appear in their respective screens.•
Entering Numbers, Letters, and Symbols
Use the button to select a character and press the OK button to input it.
When input of all characters is complete, hold down the OK button. When a confirmation message
appears, select Yes and press the OK button.
•
To insert a space
•
Switch to the lowercase, uppercase, or numeric mode, and then press the button once.
Alternatively switch to the symbol mode and then press the button four times.
•
To delete the last entered character
•
Press the Back button. You can only delete the last entered character.
Note
•
To terminate character entry, press the Stop button. When a confirmation message appears, select
•
Yes and press the OK button.
180
Changing the Print Options
You can change the detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from an application software.
Specify this option if you encounter print failures such as part of an image data being cut off.
1. Open the printer driver setup window1.
2.
Click Print Options... on the Page Setup tab
2.
The
Print Options dialog box opens.
3.
Change the individual settings
3.
If necessary, change the setting of each item, and then click OK.
The Page Setup tab is displayed again.
183
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
You can register the frequently used printing profile to Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.
Unnecessary printing profiles can be deleted at any time.
Registering a Printing Profile
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2.
Set the necessary items
2.
From Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab, select the printing profile to be used and if
necessary, change the settings after Additional Features.
You can also register necessary items on the Main and Page Setup tabs.
3.
Click Save...
3.
The Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box opens.
4.
Save the settings
4.
Enter a name for the print settings to register in the Name field. If necessary, click Options..., set the
items, and then click OK.
In the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box, click OK to save the print settings and return to the
184
Quick Setup tab.
The name and icon are displayed in Commonly Used Settings.
Important
• To save the page size, orientation, and number of copies that was set in each sheet, click Options...,
and check each item.
Note
•
When you re-install the printer driver or upgrade the printer driver version, the print settings that are
already registered will be deleted from Commonly Used Settings.
Registered print settings cannot be saved and preserved. If a profile is deleted, register the print
settings again.
Deleting Unnecessary Printing Profile
1.
Select the printing profile to be deleted
1.
Select the printing profile you want to delete from the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick
Setup tab.
2. Delete the printing profile2.
Click Delete. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The selected printing profile is deleted from the Commonly Used Settings list.
Note
• Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted.
185
Managing the Printer Power
This function allows you to manage the printer power from the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Power Off
The Power Off function turns off the printer. When you use this function, you will not be able to turn the
printer on from the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
1.
Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
1.
2.
Perform power off
2.
Click Power Off. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer power switches off.
Auto Power
Auto Power allows you to set Auto Power On and Auto Power Off.
The Auto Power On function automatically turns on the printer when data is received.
The Auto Power Off function automatically turns off the printer when there are no operations from the
printer driver or the printer for a specified period of time.
1. Open the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool1.
2. Check that the printer is on and then click Auto Power2.
The Auto Power Settings dialog box will open.
Note
•
If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an
error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
3.
If necessary, complete the following settings:
3.
Auto Power On
Select the auto-power on setting.
Select Disable to prevent the auto-power on feature from functioning.
Check that the printer is on, and then click OK to change the printer settings.
Select Enable to turn the printer on automatically when print data is sent to it.
Auto Power Off
Specify the time from the list. When this time lapses without any operations from the printer driver
or the printer, the printer is turned off automatically.
186
Note
• Enabling auto power on, disabling auto power off, or extending the time for auto power off will
increase power consumption.
4. Apply the settings4.
Click OK. When the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The setting is enabled after this. When you want to disable this function, select Disable from the list
according to the same procedure.
Note
• When the printer is turned off, the Canon IJ Status Monitor message varies depending on the Auto
Power On setting.
When the setting is Enable, "Printer is standing by" is displayed. When the setting is Disable,
"Printer is offline" is displayed.
187
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
Custom Settings
1.
Open the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool
1.
2.
Check that the printer is on and then click Custom Settings
2.
The Custom Settings dialog box opens.
Note
•
If the printer is off or if communication between the printer and the computer is disabled, an
error message may appear because the computer cannot collect the printer status.
If this happens, click OK to display the most recent settings specified on your computer.
3. If necessary, complete the following settings:3.
Prevents paper abrasion
The printer can increase the gap between the print head and the paper during high-density
printing to prevents paper abrasion.
Check this check box to prevent paper abrasion.
Align heads manually
Usually, the Print Head Alignment function in the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool is set to
automatic head alignment, but you can change it to manual head alignment.
If the printing results of automatic Print Head Alignment are not satisfactory, perform manual head
alignment.
Check this check box to perform the manual head alignment. Uncheck this check box to perform
the automatic head alignment.
Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape]
On the Page Setup tab, you can change the rotation direction of the Landscape in the
Orientation.
To rotate the print data 90 degrees to the left during printing, select this item. To rotate the print
data 90 degrees to the right during printing, clear this item.
Important
•
Do not change this setting while the print job is displayed in the print wait list. Otherwise,
characters may be omitted or the layout may become corrupt.
Note
•
If Envelope Com 10, Envelope DL, Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48",
Envelope C5, or Envelope Monarch 3.88"x7.5" 98.4x190.5mm is selected for Page Size
on the Page Setup tab, the printer rotates the paper 90 degrees to the left to print, regardless
of the Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is [Landscape] setting.
188
Do not detect mismatched paper settings when printing from a computer
When you print documents from your computer, the paper settings in the printer driver and
the paper information registered on the printer do not match, this setting disables the message
display and allows you to continue printing.
To disable detection of paper setting mismatches, select this check box.
Ink Drying Wait Time
You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins. Moving the
slider to the right increases the pause time, and moving the slider to the left decreases the time.
If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page
dries, increase the ink drying wait time.
4.
Apply the settings
4.
Click OK and when the confirmation message appears, click OK.
The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter.
189
Managing the Printer Power
Printer power supply is operated from Remote UI.
Energy saving settings
Energy saving settings allow you to set Auto power off and Auto power on.
Auto power off is the function wherein the printer automatically turns itself off, when data is not sent or the
printer remains inactive for a certain period.
The Auto power on function automatically turns on the printer when data is received.
1.
Selecting Printer settings from Remote UI
1.
2.
Click Energy saving settings
2.
3.
Complete the following settings:
3.
Auto power off
Specify the time from the list. Printer automatically turns itself off, when data is not sent within the
specified time or the printer has remained inactive.
Auto power on
When you check this check box, the printer automatically turns itself on when data is sent.
Note
• Enabling auto power on, disabling auto power off, or extending the time for auto power off will
increase power consumption.
4.
Apply the settings
4.
Click OK.
The printer will operate with the changed settings hereafter.
191
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
If necessary, switch between various modes of printer operation.
1. Check whether the printer is on and select Printer settings from Remote UI1.
2.
If necessary, complete the following settings:
2.
Print settings - Prevent paper abrasion
The printer can increase the gap between the print head and the paper during high-density printing
to prevent paper abrasion.
Check this check box to prevent paper abrasion.
Custom settings - Detect paper setting mismatch
If the check box is deselected, at the time of printing from PC, you can continue to print without the
message display even if the paper settings set in the Print dialog differs from the paper information
registered to the printer.
Ink drying wait time
You can set the length of the printer rest time until printing of the next page begins. The wait time
becomes longer as the value set in the list increases, and shorter as the value decreases.
If the paper gets stained because the next page is ejected before the ink on the printed page dries,
increase the ink drying wait time.
3.
Apply the settings
3.
Click OK.
The printer operates with the modified settings hereafter.
192
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
Setting Items on Operation Panel
Print settings
LAN settings
PictBridge settings
Smartphone print
Other dev. settings
Language selection
Firmware update
Reset setting
Feed settings
Ink level monitor
ECO settings
Quiet setting
System information
193
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
This section describes the procedure to change the settings in the Device settings screen, taking the steps
to specify Prevent abrasion as an example.
Note
• The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.•
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Press the Setup button.
2.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3.
Select Device settings and then press the OK button.
3.
The Device settings screen is displayed.
4. Select a setting item to adjust and then press the OK button.4.
The setting screen for the selected item is displayed.
5.
Select a setting item and then press the OK button.
5.
6.
Select a setting to specify and then press the OK button.
6.
For more on setting items on the operation panel:
Setting Items on Operation Panel
194
Setting Items on Operation Panel
Items for Printer
Other dev. settings
Language selection
ECO settings
Quiet setting
Items for Paper/Printing
Print settings
PictBridge settings
Smartphone print
Feed settings
Items for Maintenance/Management
LAN settings
Firmware update
Reset setting
Ink level monitor
System information
195
Print settings
Select this menu from Device settings in Setup menu.
• Prevent abrasion•
Use this setting only if the print surface becomes smudged.
Important
• Be sure to set this back to OFF after printing since it may result in lower printing speed or lower•
print quality.
• Amount of extension•
Selects the amount of image that extends off the paper when printing in borderless (full).
When performing Borderless Printing, slight cropping may occur at the edges since the printed image is
enlarged to fill the whole page. You can change the width to be cropped from the borders of the original
image as needed.
Important
• Settings will become ineffective in the following situations:•
Printing from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) supporting device.
Printing from a standard form.
Note
• When performing settings from application software or the printer driver, these settings will be•
prioritized.
• If printouts contain margins even though you are printing in Borderless, specifying Amount: Large•
for this setting may help solve the problem.
• Auto photo fix set.•
When ON is selected, you can select whether to print photos using the Exif information recorded in the
image files when Default* or On is selected in printing with a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
* When Default is selected for the print setting on the PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device, select Auto
photo fix for Photo fix in PictBridge settings.
196
LAN settings
Select this menu from Device settings in Setup menu.
Wi-Fi
Wireless Direct
Print LAN details
Wi-Fi
• Wi-Fi enab./disable•
Enables or disables Wi-Fi.
• Wi-Fi setup•
Selects the setup method for Wi-Fi connection.
Note
• You can also enter this setting menu by selecting Wi-Fi setup from the Setup menu screen and•
pressing the OK button.
◦ Easy WL connect◦
Select if you specify the settings of the access point information to the printer directly from
a device (such as a smartphone) without operating the wireless router. Follow the on-screen
instructions of the connecting device for the setup procedure.
◦ Manual connect◦
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi manually using the operation panel of the printer.
◦ WPS (Push button)◦
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi Protected
Setup (WPS) push button method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
◦ Other setup◦
▪ Manual setup▪
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi manually. You can specify multiple WEP keys.
▪
WPS (PIN code)
▪
Select when you perform settings for Wi-Fi using a wireless router supporting a Wi-Fi
Protected Setup (WPS) PIN code method. Follow the on-screen instructions during setup.
•
Manual setup
•
For details on each setting item:
Manual setup
197
Wireless Direct
• Switch WL Direct•
Enables/disables Wireless Direct.
• Change name (SSID)•
Changes the identifier (SSID/the printer's name displayed on a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device) for
Wireless Direct.
• Change password•
Changes the password for Wireless Direct.
• Confirm request•
Set whether the printer displays the confirmation screen when a Wi-Fi Direct compatible device is
connecting the printer.
• Manual setup•
For details on each setting item:
Manual setup
Print LAN details
You can print out the network settings of the printer such as its IP address and SSID.
For more information on the printer's network setting is printed out:
Printing Network Settings
Important
• The network settings printout contains important information about your network. Handle it with care.•
Manual setup
•
Set printer name
•
Specifies the printer name. You can use up to 15 characters for the name.
Note
• You cannot use the same printer name as that already used for other LAN connected devices.•
• You cannot use a hyphen for the initial or last character of the printer name.•
• TCP/IP settings•
Performs IPv4 or IPv6 setting.
• WSD setting•
Setting items when you use WSD (one of the network protocols supported in Windows).
◦ Enable/disable WSD◦
198
Selects whether WSD is enabled or disabled.
Note
• When this setting is enabled, the printer icon is displayed on the Network Explorer in•
Windows.
◦ Optimize WSD-In◦
Selecting Enable allows you to receive the WSD printing data faster.
◦ WSD scan from dev.◦
Selecting Enable allows you to transfer the scanned data to the computer using WSD.
◦ Timeout setting◦
Specifies the timeout length.
• Bonjour settings•
Setting items when you use Bonjour.
◦ Enab./disab. Bonjour◦
Selecting Enable allows you to use Bonjour to perform the network settings.
◦ Enter service name◦
Specifies the Bonjour service name. You can use up to 48 characters for the name.
Note
• You cannot use the same service name as that already used for other LAN connected•
devices.
• LPR setting•
Enables/disables the LPR setting.
• RAW protocol•
Enables/disables RAW printing.
• LLMNR•
Enables/disables LLMNR (Link-Local Multicast Name Resolution). Selecting Enable allows the printer
to detect printer's IP address from the printer name without a DNS server.
• IPP settings•
Selecting Enable allows you to print via the network with the IPP protocol.
• PictBridge commun.•
Setting items for printing from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
◦ Enable/disable◦
Selecting Enable allows you to print from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
◦ Timeout setting◦
Specifies the timeout length.
199
• IPsec settings•
Selecting Enable allows you to specify the IPsec settings.
200
Other dev. settings
Select this menu from Device settings in Setup menu.
• Key repeat•
Selecting ON lets you quickly display candidate numbers or characters by holding down the button
during character entry.
• Orig. remov. remind.•
Selects whether the printer will display the reminder screen in case you forget to remove the original
from the platen after scanning.
Important
• Depending on the type of original or the state of the document cover, forgetting to remove the•
original may not be detected.
• Wi-Fi pairing•
In order to connect Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY, multiple configurations will be performed.
◦ Enab./disab. pairing◦
Set the printer's Wi-Fi pairing function to enable or disable.
◦ Additional pairing◦
On another function permit or prohibit Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY pairing.
◦ Del. paired devices◦
Cancel all Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY pairing.
• Fixed print quality•
Specifies print quality when printing on plain paper.
Note
• This feature is not compatible with borderless printing and direct printing from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi)•
compliant device.
201
Language selection
Changes the language for LCD messages and menus.
Japanese / English / German / French / Italian / Spanish / Portuguese / Dutch / Danish / Norwegian /
Swedish / Finnish / Russian / Ukrainian / Polish / Czech / Slovene / Hungarian / Slovak / Croatian /
Romanian / Bulgarian / Turkish / Greek / Estonian / Latvian / Lithuanian / Simplified Chinese / Korean /
Traditional Chinese / Indonesian / Vietnamese
202
Firmware update
Select this menu from Device settings in Setup menu.
You can update the firmware of the printer, check the firmware version, or perform settings of a notification
screen, a DNS server and a proxy server.
Important
• When you use this function, make sure the printer is connected to the internet.•
Note
• Only Current version is available when Disable is selected for Wi-Fi enab./disable of Wi-Fi in LAN•
settings.
• Install update•
Performs the firmware update of the printer. Follow the on-screen instructions to perform update.
Note
• If the firmware update is not complete, check the following and take an appropriate action.•
Check the network settings such as a wireless router.
If Cannot connect to the server; try again is displayed on the LCD, press the OK button and
try again after a while.
• Current version•
You can check the current firmware version.
• Update notification•
You can set the printer to display the firmware update information on the LCD when the firmware update
is available.
When Idle/Power off is selected, the printer informs you of the update during idle and the update
information also appears when you press the ON button.
• Auto update setting•
Select ON to automatically update the firmware to the latest version.
• DNS server setup•
Performs settings for a DNS server. Select Auto setup or Manual setup. If you select Manual setup,
follow the display on the LCD to perform settings.
• Proxy server setup•
Performs settings for a proxy server. Select Use or Do not use. If you select Use, follow the display on
the LCD to perform settings.
203
Reset setting
Select this menu from Device settings in Setup menu.
You can set the settings back to the default.
• Web service setup•
Returns the Web service settings back to the default.
• LAN settings•
Returns the LAN settings back to the default.
• Setting data•
Sets the settings such as the paper size or media type back to the default.
• All data•
Sets all settings you made to the printer back to the default. The administrator password specified by
Remote UI or IJ Network Device Setup Utility reverts to the default setting.
Note
• You cannot set the following setting items back to the default:•
The language displayed on the LCD
The current position of the print head
CSR (Certificate Signing Request) for encryption method (SSL/TLS) setting
204
Feed settings
Select this menu from Setup menu.
By registering the paper size and the media type loaded on the rear tray, you can prevent the printer from
misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the loaded paper differs from the print
settings.
For details:
Paper Settings
• Save paper info•
Registers the paper size and the media type you load on the rear tray.
Note
• For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver•
(Windows) or on the LCD:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
• Det. paper mismatch•
If you select ON, the printer detects whether the paper size and the media type are identical with those
registered in Save paper info. If printing starts with the settings that do not match, an error message is
displayed on the LCD.
• Detect reinsertion•
If you select ON, the printer detects paper insertion and removal. When the paper information
registration screen is displayed, register the paper size and the media type.
205
Ink level monitor
Select this menu from Setup menu.
• Ink notification•
Enables or disables the function which notifies the remaining ink.
Important
• If the remaining ink level notification function is disabled, visually inspect the remaining ink and refill•
the ink tanks as necessary. Continuing printing with ink below the lower limit line of an ink tank may
prevent satisfactory print quality.
• When changing the remaining ink level notification function from disabled to enabled, it is•
necessary to refill all ink tanks up to the upper limit line.
Refilling Ink Tanks
• Reset ink lev. count•
Resets the remaining ink count.
If you select Yes, you can reset the remaining ink count of all the ink tanks at once.
If you select No, you can specify the ink color and reset the remaining ink count in any ink tank.
Important
• After refilling the ink to the upper limit line of the ink tank, reset the remaining ink count.•
If the remaining ink count is reset when the ink tank is not full, the remaining ink level cannot be
detected properly.
206
ECO settings
This setting allows you to turn on/off the printer automatically to save electricity.
Turning off Printer Automatically
Turning on Printer Automatically
Note
• If this setting is changed, power consumption may increase.•
Turning off Printer Automatically
You can enable the printer to turn off automatically when no operation is made or no printing data is sent
to the printer for a specified period of time.
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Press the Setup button.
2.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3. Select ECO settings and then press the OK button.3.
4. Select Auto power off and then press the OK button.4.
5. Select a time to turn off the printer and then press the OK button.5.
Turning on Printer Automatically
You can enable the printer to turn on automatically when printing data is sent to the printer or the printer is
operated for scanning from the computer.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2.
Press the Setup button.
2.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3.
Select ECO settings and then press the OK button.
3.
4.
Select Auto power on and then press the OK button.
4.
5.
Select ON and then press the OK button.
5.
207
Quiet setting
Enables this function on the printer if you want to reduce the operating noise, such as when printing at night.
Follow the procedure below to perform setting.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2.
Press the Setup button.
2.
The Setup menu screen is displayed.
3.
Select Quiet mode and then press the OK button.
3.
4.
Select ON or OFF and press OK button.
4.
When ON is selected, you can reduce the operating noise while printing is in progress.
Important
• When ON is selected, operating speed may be reduced compared to when OFF is selected.•
•
This function may not be so effective depending on the printer's setting. Furthermore, certain
•
noise, such as when the printer is preparing for printing, is not reduced.
Note
• You can set the quiet mode from the operation panel of the printer, the printer driver, or ScanGear•
(scanner driver). No matter how you set the quiet mode, the mode is applied when you perform
operations from the operation panel of the printer or printing and scanning from the computer.
208
System information
Select this menu from Setup menu.
• Current version•
Displays the current firmware version.
• Printer name•
Displays the printer name currently specified.
• Serial number•
Displays the printer serial number.
• Printed sheet count•
Displays the printed sheet count in increments of 50 sheets. (Ex: In case of 25 sheets, [1-50] is
displayed.)
209
Specifications
General Specifications
Interface USB Port:
Hi-Speed USB *
Network Port:
Wi-Fi: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b
* A computer that complies with Hi-Speed USB standard is required. Since the
Hi-Speed USB interface is fully upwardly compatible with USB 1.1, it can be
used at USB 1.1.
USB and the network can be used at the same time.
Operating environment Temperature: 41 to 95 °F (5 to 35 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 90 % RH (no condensation)
* The performance of the printer may be reduced under certain temperature
and humidity conditions.
Recommended conditions:
Temperature: 59 to 86 °F (15 to 30 °C)
Humidity: 10 to 80 % RH (no condensation)
* For the temperature and humidity conditions of papers such as photo paper,
refer to the paper's packaging or the supplied instructions.
Storage environment Temperature: 32 to 104 °F (0 to 40 °C)
Humidity: 5 to 95 % RH (no condensation)
Power supply AC 100-240 V, 50/60 Hz
(The supplied power cord is only for the country or region you purchased.)
Power consumption Printing (Copy): 16 W or less *1
Standby (minimum): 0.6 W or less *1*2
Standby (all ports connected): 1.2 W or less
OFF: 0.2 W or less
*1 USB connection to a PC
*2 The wait time for standby cannot be changed.
External dimensions (W x D x H) Approx. 17.6 x 13.4 x 6.6 in. (Approx. 445 x 340 x 167 mm)
* With the trays retracted.
Weight Approx. 14.5 lb (Approx. 6.6 kg)
* With the Print Head installed.
210
Scan Specifications
Scanner driver Windows: TWAIN 1.9 Specification, WIA
Maximum scanning size A4/Letter, 8.5 x 11.7 in. (216 x 297 mm)
Optical resolution (horizontal x
vertical)
600 x 1200 dpi *
* Optical Resolution represents the maximum sampling rate based on ISO
14473.
Gradation (Input / Output) Gray: 16 bit/8 bit
Color: RGB each 16 bit/8 bit
Network Specifications
Communication protocol SNMP, HTTP, TCP/IP (IPv4/IPv6)
Wi-Fi Supported Standards: IEEE802.11n / IEEE802.11g / IEEE802.11b
Frequency bandwidth: 2.4 GHz
Channel: 1-11 or 1-13
* Frequency bandwidth and available channels differ depending on country or
region.
Communication distance: Indoors 164 feet/50 m
* Effective range varies depending on the installation environment and location.
Security:
WEP (64/128 bits)
WPA-PSK (TKIP/AES)
WPA2-PSK (TKIP/AES)
Setup:
WPS (Push button configuration/PIN code method)
Easy wireless connect
Minimum System Requirements
Conform to the operating system's requirements when higher than those given here.
Windows
Operating System Windows 10, Windows 8.1, Windows 7 SP1
Note: Operation can only be guaranteed on a PC with pre-installed Windows
7 or later.
Printer driver and IJ Printer Assistant Tool support the following OS:
Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1, Windows Server 2012 R2, Windows Server
2016 and Windows Server 2019.
211
Amount of hard disk space re-
quired for installing the driver
1.5 GB or more
The necessary amount of hard disk space may be changed without notice.
macOS
Operating System macOS 10.12.6 - macOS 10.15
Other Supported OS
iOS, iPadOS, Android, Chrome OS
Some functions may not be available with the supported OS.
Refer to the Canon web site for details.
Information in this manual is subject to change without notice.
212
Supported Media Types
For best results, choose paper designed for how you are printing. A variety of paper for documents as well
as photos or illustrations is available from Canon. Use genuine Canon paper to print important photos, when
possible.
Media Types
Page Sizes
Paper Weight
Media Types
Genuine Canon paper
Note
• For warnings on use of the non-printable side, see each product's usage information.•
• Page sizes and media types differ depending on the country or region where the paper is sold. For•
details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.
• Genuine Canon paper is not available in some countries or regions. Note that in the United States,•
Canon paper is not sold by model number. Instead, purchase paper by name.
Paper for printing documents:
• Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>•
• Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>•
• High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>•
Paper for printing photos:
• Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/GP-508>•
• Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>•
• Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/PP-301>•
• Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>•
• Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>•
• Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>•
• Premium Fine Art Rough <FA-RG1>•
Paper for making original goods:
• Photo Stickers (16 stickers per sheet) <PS-108>•
• Photo Stickers (Free Cutting) <PS-208>•
• Photo Stickers (Variety Pack) <PS-808>•
• Restickable Photo Paper <RP-101>•
• Removable Photo Stickers <PS-308R>•
• Magnetic Photo Paper <MG-101/PS-508>•
214
• Light Fabric Iron-on Transfers <LF-101>•
• Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers <DF-101>•
• Double sided Matte Paper <MP-101D>•
Paper other than genuine Canon paper
• Plain Paper (including recycled paper)•
•
Envelopes
•
Paper Load Limit
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Note
• When printing photos saved on a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device, you must specify the page•
size and media type.
Printing from Digital Camera
• When using art paper, see Before Printing on Art Paper.•
Page Sizes
You can use the following page sizes.
Note
• Page sizes and media types the printer supports differ depending on the OS you are using.•
Standard sizes:
• Letter•
• Legal•
• Executive•
• A6•
• A5•
• A4•
• B5•
• B-Oficio•
• M-Oficio•
• Foolscap•
• Legal(India)•
• KG/4"x6"(10x15)•
• 5"x7"(13x18cm)•
• 7"x10"(18x25cm)•
• 8"x10"(20x25cm)•
215
• L(89x127mm)•
• 2L(127x178mm)•
• Square 3.5"•
• Square 5"•
• Hagaki•
• Hagaki 2•
• Envelope Com 10•
• Envelope DL•
• Nagagata 3•
• Nagagata 4•
• Yougata 4•
• Yougata 6•
• Envelope C5•
• Envelope Monarch•
• Card 2.17"x3.58"•
Special sizes
• Minimum size: 2.17 x 3.50 in. (55.0 x 89.0 mm)•
• Maximum size: 8.50 x 47.24 in. (216.0 x 1200.0 mm) *•
* When Height of Page Size is set to a value exceeding 26.61 in. (676 mm), Media Type is set to
Plain Paper.
Paper Weight
You can use paper in the following weight range.
• Plain paper: From 17 to 28 lb (64 to 105 g /m
2
)•
216
Paper Load Limit
This section shows the paper load limits of the rear tray and the paper output tray.
Paper Load Limits of Rear Tray
Paper Load Limit of Paper Output Tray
Note
• Page sizes and media types differ depending on the country or region where the paper is sold. For•
details on page sizes and media types, access the Canon website.
Paper Load Limits of Rear Tray
Genuine Canon Paper
Paper for printing documents:
Media Name <Model No.> Rear Tray
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111> Approx. 100 sheets
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213> Approx. 80 sheets
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>*1 Approx. 80 sheets
Paper for printing photos:
Media Name <Model No.> Rear Tray
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/
GP-508>*2
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701>*2
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/PP-301>*2
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101>*2
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201>*2
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101>
A4, Letter, 5"x7"(13x18cm), 8"x10"(20x25cm): 10
sheets
2L(127x178mm): 15 sheets
Square 5", Hagaki: 20 sheets
KG/4"x6"(10x15), L(89x127mm), Square 3.5": 30
sheets
Premium Fine Art Rough <FA-RG1> 1 sheet
Paper for making original goods:
Media Name <Model No.> Rear Tray
Photo Stickers (16 stickers per sheet) <PS-108>
Photo Stickers (Free Cutting) <PS-208>
Photo Stickers (Variety Pack) <PS-808>
Restickable Photo Paper <RP-101>
Removable Photo Stickers <PS-308R>
Magnetic Photo Paper <MG-101/PS-508>
Light Fabric Iron-on Transfers <LF-101>
1 sheet
217
Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers <DF-101>
Double sided Matte Paper <MP-101D>
Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper
Common Name Rear Tray
Plain Paper (including recycled paper)*1 Approx. 100 sheets (Legal, B-Oficio, M-Oficio, Fools-
cap: 10 sheets)
Envelopes 10 envelopes
*1 Normal feeding at maximum capacity may not be possible with some types of paper, or under very high
or low temperature or humidity. In this case, load half the amount of paper or less.
*2 Feeding from a loaded stack of paper may leave marks on the printed side or prevent efficient feeding.
In this case, load one sheet at a time.
Paper Load Limit of Paper Output Tray
Genuine Canon Paper
Paper for printing documents:
Media Name <Model No.> Paper Output Tray
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111>
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213>
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N>
Approx. 50 sheets
Paper other than Genuine Canon Paper
Common Name Paper Output Tray
Plain Paper (including recycled paper) Approx. 50 sheets (Legal: 10 sheets)
When continuing printing with paper other than the above, we recommend removing already printed paper
or envelopes from the paper output tray to avoid smearing or discoloration.
218
Unsupported Media Types
Do not use the following types of paper. Using such paper will cause not only unsatisfactory results, but also
the printer to jam or malfunction.
• Folded, curled, or wrinkled paper•
• Damp paper•
• Paper thinner than a postcard, including plain paper or notepad paper cut to a small size (when printing•
on paper smaller than A5)
• Picture postcards•
• Postcards•
• Envelopes with a double flap•
• Envelopes with an embossed or treated surface•
• Envelopes whose gummed flaps are already moistened and adhesive•
• Any type of paper with holes•
• Paper that is not rectangular•
• Paper bound with staples or glue•
• Paper with an adhesive surface on the back such as label seal•
• Paper decorated with glitter, etc.•
219
Handling Paper
• Be careful not to rub or scratch the surfaces of any types of paper when handling.•
• Hold the paper as closely as possible to its edges and try not to touch the printing surface. The print•
quality may be degraded if the printing surface is smudged with sweat or oil that comes from your
hands.
• Do not touch the printed surface until the ink is dried. Even when the ink is dried, be careful not to touch•
the printed surface as much as possible when handling.
• Take out only the necessary number of paper from the package, just before printing.•
• To avoid curling, when you do not print, put unused paper back into the package and keep it on a level•
surface. And also, store it avoiding heat, humidity, and direct sunlight.
220
Before Printing on Art Paper
When using art paper, dust is liable to be generated. It is therefore recommended that paper dust be
removed on art paper just before printing.
You will need a soft hair brush (or similar brush used to clean office
automation equipment).
The wider the brush, the more effective it will be.
OK - soft brush made from material such as polypropylene, polyethylene, horse hair or goat hair.
Important
• Be sure not to use brushes as shown below. The printing surface may be damaged.•
Not OK - brush made from hard material, cloth or washcloth, sticky and abrasive materials.
Paper dust removal procedure:
1. Check that the brush is not wet and free from dust or dirt.1.
2. Brush the overall printing surface carefully in one direction.2.
Important
•
Be sure to brush all the way across the paper; do not start brushing at the middle or stop
•
halfway.
•
Be careful not to touch the printing surface as much as possible.
•
221
3. To complete the removal of paper dust, brush the paper in the other direction from top to3.
bottom.
222
Basic Printing Setup
This section describes settings on the Quick Setup tab used for basic printing.
Basic Printing Setup
1.
Check that printer is turned on
1.
2.
Load paper in printer
2.
3.
Open printer driver's setup screen
3.
4.
Select frequently used settings
4.
On the Quick Setup tab, use Commonly Used Settings to select from predefined print settings.
When you select a print setting, the settings for Additional Features, Media Type, and Printer Paper
Size automatically switch to the predefined values.
5.
Select print quality
5.
For Print Quality, select from High or Standard.
226
Important
• The print quality selections will differ depending on which print setting you select.
6. Click OK6.
The printer will now print using these settings.
Important
• If you are performing large-format printing, make sure that there is plenty of remaining ink.
• When you select Always Print with Current Settings, the settings on the Quick Setup, Main, and
Page Setup tabs are saved, and those settings are used in subsequent printings.
• To register the current settings as a new preset, click Save... under Commonly Used Settings.
227
Note
• If the paper settings in the printer driver differ from the paper information registered on the printer, an
error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "Paper Settings."
To check the current printer settings or to apply the printer settings to the printer driver, display the
Quick Setup tab, click Printer Media Information..., and specify the settings in the dialog box that
appears.
For details about the paper information to be registered on the printer, see the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
Checking Printer Settings and Applying Settings to Printer Driver
1.
Open printer driver setup window
1.
2.
On Quick Setup tab, click Printer Media Information...
2.
The Printer Media Information dialog box appears.
3. Confirm the printer settings3.
Current printer settings are displayed in Paper Source, Media Type, and Printer Paper Size.
4. Apply settings4.
To apply the printer settings to the printer driver, click Set.
Note
• If the media type in Feed settings on the printer is set to IJ Hagaki, Hagaki K, or Hagaki, or if
the page size is set to 2L/5"x7", click Set to display the dialog box.
Select the media type and paper size that match your purpose, and then click OK.
• If the media type or the paper size on the printer are not set or are set to Others, Set will be
grayed out and cannot be clicked.
• If communication with the printer is disabled, the Printer Media Information... dialog box will
not appear or the printer driver will not be able to obtain printer media information.
228
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media
Type)
When you use this printer, selecting a media type and paper size that matches the print purpose will help
you achieve the best print results.
Depending on the media type you are using, specify the media type settings on the printer driver or the
printer's operation panel as described below.
Canon genuine papers (Document Printing)
Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver
Paper information registered on
the printer
Canon Red Label Superior <WOP111> Plain Paper Plain paper
Canon Océ Office Colour Paper <SAT213> Plain Paper Plain paper
High Resolution Paper <HR-101N> High Resolution Paper High Res
Canon genuine papers (Photo Printing)
Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver
Paper information reg-
istered on the printer
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II <PP-201/PP-208/
PP-301>
Photo Paper Plus Glossy II PlusGlossyII
Photo Paper Pro Luster <LU-101> Photo Paper Pro Luster Pro Luster
Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss <SG-201> Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss Semi-gloss
Glossy Photo Paper "Everyday Use" <GP-501/
GP-508>
Glossy Photo Paper Glossy
Photo Paper Glossy <GP-701> Glossy Photo Paper Glossy
Matte Photo Paper <MP-101> Matte Photo Paper Matte
Premium Fine Art Rough <FA-RG1> Premium Fine Art Rough FA Rough
Canon genuine papers (Original Product)
Media name <Model No.> Media Type in the printer driver
Paper information registered on
the printer
Restickable Photo Paper <RP-101> Glossy Photo Paper Glossy
Removable Photo Stickers <PS-308R> Glossy Photo Paper Glossy
Magnetic Photo Paper <MG-101/PS-508> Glossy Photo Paper Glossy
229
Light Fabric Iron-on Transfers <LF-101> Light Fabric Iron-on Transfers LF Iron
Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers <DF-101> Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers DF Iron
Double sided Matte Paper <MP-101D> Matte Photo Paper Matte
Commercially available papers
Media name Media Type in the printer driver
Paper information registered on the
printer
Plain Paper (including recycled paper) Plain Paper Plain paper
Envelopes Envelope Envelope
Other Brands Photo Paper Photo Paper (Other Brands) Photo(other)
Greeting Cards Inkjet Greeting Card Others
Card Stock Card Stock Card stock
Note
• If Media Type in the Main sheet is set to Premium Fine Art Rough, we recommend that you set
Paper Size in the Page Setup sheet to "XXX (Art Paper Margin 35)."
For information about printable ranges, refer to "Print Area."
• For information on high quality paper of other brands that can be used with the printer, see "Print Using
Photo Paper of Other Brands."
230
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper
Size)
When you use this printer, selecting a paper size that matches the print purpose will help you achieve the
best print results.
You can use the following paper sizes on this printer.
Printer Paper Size in the printer driver Paper information registered on the printer
Letter 8.5"x11" 22x28cm Letter
Legal 8.5"x14" 22x36cm Legal
Executive 7.25"x10.5" 184.2x266.7mm Executive
A6 A6
A5 A5
A4 A4
B5 B5
B-Oficio 8.5"x14" 216.0x355.0mm B-Oficio
M-Oficio 8.50"x13.43" 216.0x341.0mm M-Oficio
Foolscap/F4/Oficio2 FC/F4/Ofc2
Legal (India) 8.46"x13.58" 215x345mm Legal (India)
4"x6" 10x15cm KG/4"x6"
5"x7" 13x18cm 2L/5"x7"
7"x10" 18x25cm 7"x10"
8"x10" 20x25cm 8"x10"
L 89x127mm L
2L 127x178mm 2L/5"x7"
Square 3.5"x3.5" 9x9cm Square 3.5"
Square 5"x5" 13x13cm Square 5"
Hagaki 100x148mm Hagaki
Hagaki 2 200x148mm Hagaki 2
Envelope Com 10 Env. Com 10
Envelope DL Envelope DL
231
Nagagata 3 4.72"x9.25" Nagagata 3
Nagagata 4 3.54"x8.07" Nagagata 4
Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25" Yougata 4
Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48" Yougata 6
Envelope C5 Envelope C5
Envelope Monarch 3.88"x7.5" 98.4x190.5mm Env Monarch
Card 2.17"x3.58" 55x91mm Card 2"x3.5"
Custom Size Others
232
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
The paper size and orientation are essentially determined by the application software. When the page size
and orientation set for Page Size and Orientation on the Page Setup tab are same as those set with the
application software, you do not need to select them on the Page Setup tab.
When you are not able to specify them with the application software, the procedure for selecting a page size
and orientation is as follows:
You can also set page size and orientation on the Quick Setup tab.
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2.
Select the paper size
2.
Select a page size from the Page Size list on the Page Setup tab.
3.
Set Orientation
3.
Select Portrait or Landscape for Orientation. Check Rotate 180 degrees check box when you want to
perform printing with the original being rotated 180 degrees.
4.
Click OK
4.
When you perform print, the document will be printed with the selected page size and the orientation.
Note
• If Normal-size is selected for Page Layout, then Automatically reduce large document that the
printer cannot output is displayed.
Normally, you can leave the check box checked. During printing, if you do not want to reduce large
documents that cannot be printed on the printer, uncheck the check box.
234
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
You can also set the number of copies on the Quick Setup tab.
1. Open the printer driver setup window1.
2.
Specify the number of copies to be printed
2.
For Copies on the Page Setup tab, specify the number of copies to be printed.
3.
Specify the print order
3.
Check the Print from Last Page check box when you want to print from the last page in order, and
uncheck the check box when you want to print from the first page.
Check the Collate check box when you are printing multiple copies of a document and want to print out
all pages in each copy together. Uncheck this check box when you want to print all pages with the same
page number together.
•
Print from Last Page: /Collate:
•
Print from Last Page: /Collate:
235
• Print from Last Page: /Collate:
•
Print from Last Page: /Collate:
4.
Click OK
4.
When you perform print, the specified number of copies will be printed with the specified printing order.
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify
the settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the function
settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and the printing order with
both the application software and this printer driver, the number of copies may be multiplied numbers of
the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
• Print from Last Page appears grayed out and is unavailable when Tiling/Poster is selected for Page
Layout.
• When Booklet is selected for Page Layout, Print from Last Page and Collate appear grayed out and
cannot be set.
• When Duplex Printing (Manual) is selected, Print from Last Page appears grayed out and cannot be
set.
Note
• By setting both Print from Last Page and Collate, you can perform printing so that papers are collated
one by one starting from the last page.
These settings can be used in combination with Normal-size, Borderless, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, and
Page Layout.
236
Perform Borderless Printing
The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so
that it extends slightly off the paper. In standard printing, margins are created around the document area.
However, in borderless printing function, these margins are not created. When you want to print data such
as a photo without providing any margin around it, set borderless printing.
You can also set borderless printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab.
Note
• You can also set Amount of extension on the operation panel of the printer, but the settings on the
printer driver will be prioritized.
Setting Borderless Printing
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2. Set borderless printing2.
Select Borderless from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
237
Click OK when the confirmation message appears.
When a message prompting you to change the media type appears, select a media type from the list
and click OK.
3. Check the paper size3.
Check the Page Size list. When you want to change it, select another page size from the list. The list
displays only sizes that can be used for borderless printing.
4.
Adjust the amount of extension from the paper
4.
If necessary, adjust the amount of extension using the Amount of Extension slider.
Moving the slider to the right increases the amount extending off the paper, and moving the slider to
the left decreases the amount.
It is recommended to set the slider at the second position from the right for most cases.
Important
• When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the rightmost position, the back side of the
paper may become smudged.
5.
Click OK
5.
When you perform print, the data is printed without any margins on the paper.
Important
• When a page size that cannot be used for borderless printing is selected, the size is automatically
changed to the valid page sizes for borderless printing.
• When Borderless is selected, the Printer Paper Size, Duplex Printing (Manual), Stapling Side
settings, and the Stamp/Background... button on the Page Setup tab appear grayed out and are
unavailable.
• When Envelope, Light Fabric Iron-on Transfers, Dark Fabric Iron-on Transfers, or High
Resolution Paper is selected from the Media Type list on the Main tab, you cannot perform
borderless printing.
• Depending on the type of the media used during borderless printing, the print quality may deteriorate
at the top and bottom of the sheet or stains may form.
• When the ratio of the height to the width differs from the image data, a portion of the image may not
be printed depending on the size of the media used.
In this case, crop the image data with an application software according to the paper size.
Note
• When Plain Paper is selected for Media Type on the Main tab, borderless printing is not
recommended. Therefore, the message for media selection appears.
When you are using plain paper for test printing, select Plain Paper, and click OK.
238
Expanding the Range of the Document to Print
Setting a large amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems. However,
the portion of the document extending off the paper range will not be printed and for this reason, the
subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed.
When you are not satisfied with the result of borderless printing, reduce the amount of extension. The
extension amount decreases as the Amount of Extension slider is moved to the left.
Important
• When the amount of extension is decreased, an unexpected margin may be produced on the print,
depending on the size of the paper.
Note
• When the Amount of Extension slider is set to the leftmost position, image data will be printed in the
full size. If you set this when printing the address side of a postcard, the postal code of the sender is
printed in the correct position.
• When Preview before printing is checked on the Main tab, you can confirm whether there will be no
margin before printing.
239
Scaled Printing
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2.
Set scaled printing
2.
Select Scaled from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
3.
Select the paper size of the document
3.
Using Page Size, select the page size that is set with your application software.
4.
Set the scaling rate by using one of the following methods:
4.
•
Select a Printer Paper Size
•
When the printer paper size is smaller than the Page Size, the page image will be reduced. When
the printer paper size is larger than the Page Size, the page image will be enlarged.
•
Specify a scaling factor
•
240
Directly type in a value into the Scaling box. The current settings are displayed in the settings
preview on the left side of the printer driver.
5. Click OK5.
When you perform print, the document will be printed with the specified scale.
Important
• When the application software which you used to create the original has the scaled printing function,
configure the settings on your application software. You do not need to configure the same setting in
the printer driver.
Note
• Selecting Scaled changes the printable area of the document.
241
Page Layout Printing
The page layout printing function allows you to print more than one page image on a single sheet of paper.
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2.
Set page layout printing
2.
Select Page Layout from the Page Layout list on the Page Setup tab.
The current settings are displayed in the settings preview on the left side of the printer driver.
3.
Select the print paper size
3.
Select the size of the paper loaded in the printer from the Printer Paper Size list.
4.
Set the number of pages to be printed on one sheet and the page order
4.
If necessary, click Specify..., specify the following settings in the Page Layout Printing dialog box, and
click OK.
242
Page Layout
To change the number of pages to be printed on a single sheet of paper, select the number of
pages from the list.
Page Order
To change the page arrangement order, select a placement method from the list.
Page Border
To print a page border around each document page, check this check box.
5.
Complete the setup
5.
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, the specified number of pages will be arranged on each sheet of paper in the
specified order.
243
Duplex Printing
You can also set duplex printing in Additional Features on the Quick Setup tab.
1.
Open the printer driver setup window
1.
2.
Set duplex printing
2.
Check the Duplex Printing (Manual) check box on the Page Setup tab.
3.
Select the layout
3.
Select Normal-size, Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout from the Page Layout list.
4.
Specify the side to be stapled
4.
The best Stapling Side is selected automatically from the Orientation and Page Layout settings. To
change the setting, select another stapling side from the list.
5.
Set the margin width
5.
If necessary, click Specify Margin... and set the margin width, and then click OK.
244
6. Complete the setup6.
Click OK on the Page Setup tab.
When you perform print, the document is first printed on one side of a sheet of paper. After one side is
printed, reload the paper correctly according to the message.
Press the OK button on the printer to print the opposite side.
Important
• When a media type other than Plain Paper is selected from Media Type on the Main tab, Duplex
Printing (Manual) appears grayed out and is unavailable.
• When Borderless, Tiling/Poster or Booklet is selected from the Page Layout list, Duplex Printing
(Manual) and Stapling Side appear grayed out and are unavailable.
Note
• If the back side of the paper becomes smudged during duplex printing, perform Bottom Plate Cleaning
in the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
Related Topics
Cleaning Inside the Printer
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
245
Setting Up Envelope Printing
1. Load envelope on the printer1.
2.
Open the printer driver setup window
2.
3. Select the media type3.
Select Envelope from Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.
4. Select the paper size4.
When the Envelope Size Setting dialog box is displayed, select Envelope Com 10, Envelope DL,
Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48", Envelope C5, or Envelope Monarch 3.88"x7.5"
98.4x190.5mm, and then click OK.
5.
Set the orientation
5.
To print the addressee horizontally, select Landscape for Orientation.
Note
•
If Envelope Com 10, Envelope DL, Yougata 4 4.13"x9.25", Yougata 6 3.86"x7.48", Envelope
C5, or Envelope Monarch 3.88"x7.5" 98.4x190.5mm is selected for Printer Paper Size, the
printer rotates the paper 90 degrees to the left to print, regardless of the Rotate 90 degrees left
when orientation is [Landscape] setting for Custom Settings in the Canon IJ Printer Assistant
Tool.
246
6. Select the print quality6.
Select High or Standard that matches your purpose for Print Quality.
7. Click OK7.
When you perform print, the information is printed on the envelope.
Important
• When you perform envelope printing, guide messages are displayed.
To hide the guide messages, check the Do not show this message again check box.
To show the guide again, click the View Printer Status button on the Maintenance tab, and start the
Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Then click Envelope Printing from Display Guide Message of the Option menu to enable the setting.
Note
• If the paper settings in the printer driver differ from the paper information registered on the printer, an
error may occur. For instructions on what to do if an error occurs, see "Paper Settings."
To check the current printer settings or to apply the printer settings to the printer driver, click Printer
Media Information... from the Quick Setup tab, and specify the settings in the dialog box that appears.
For details about the paper information to be registered on the printer, see the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
247
Printing on Postcards
1. Load postcard on the printer1.
2.
Open the printer driver setup window
2.
3. Select commonly used settings3.
Display the Quick Setup tab, and for Commonly Used Settings, select Standard.
4.
Select the media type
4.
For Media Type, select Ink Jet Hagaki (A), Ink Jet Hagaki, Hagaki K (A), Hagaki K, Hagaki (A), or
Hagaki.
Important
•
This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached.
•
You will get cleaner printing if you print the message side first and then print the address side.
• The paper settings on the printer driver are different, depending on whether you are printing on
the address side or the message side.
To check the current printer settings or to apply the printer settings to the printer driver, click
Printer Media Information... from the Quick Setup tab, and specify the settings in the dialog box
that appears.
For details about the paper information to be registered to the printer driver and on the printer, see
the following:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
5. Select the paper size5.
For Printer Paper Size, select Hagaki 100x148mm or Hagaki 2 200x148mm.
Important
• Return postcards can be used only when you print them from the computer.
•
When printing a return postcard, always set the paper size to Hagaki 2 200x148mm from your
application software or the printer driver.
•
Do not fold the return postcard. If a crease is formed, the printer will not be able to feed the
postcard properly, and this condition will cause line shifts or a paper jam.
•
With return postcards, borderless printing cannot be used.
6.
Set the print orientation
6.
To print the address horizontally, set Orientation to Landscape.
7.
Select the print quality
7.
For Print Quality, select High or Standard, according to your purpose.
8.
Click OK
8.
248
When you perform printing, the data will be printed onto the postcard.
Important
• When printing on media other than postcards, load the media according to usage method of that media,
and click Start Printing.
249
Canon IJ Printer Driver
The Canon IJ printer driver (simply called printer driver below) is software that you install onto your computer
so that it can communicate with the printer.
The printer driver converts the print data created by your application software into data that your printer can
understand, and sends the converted data to the printer.
Because different models support different print data formats, you need a printer driver for the specific
model you are using.
Installing the Printer Driver
To install the printer driver, install the driver from the Setup CD-ROM or our website.
Specifying the Printer Driver
To specify the printer driver, open the Print dialog box of the application software you are using, and
select "Canon XXX" (where "XXX" is your model name).
Displaying the Manual from the Printer Driver
To display the description of a setup tab from the printer driver's setup screen, click Help on that tab.
Related Topic
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
251
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
You can display the printer driver's setup screen from your application software or by clicking the printer
icon.
Displaying the Printer Driver's Setup Screen from Your Application
Software
Perform this procedure to set up the print settings during printing.
1.
Select print command from application software
1.
The Print command can generally be found in the File menu.
2.
Select your printer model, and click Preferences (or Properties)
2.
The printer driver's setup screen appears.
Note
• Depending on the application software you are using, the command and menu names, and the
number of steps may vary. For details, refer to the operating instructions of your application software.
Displaying the Printer Driver's Setup Screen by Clicking the Printer Icon
From the setup screen you can perform printer maintenance operations such as print head cleaning, or
set print settings to be shared by all application software.
1. Select Control Panel -> Hardware and Sound -> Devices and Printers1.
2. Right-click the icon of your model. When the menu appears, select Printing preferences2.
The printer driver's setup screen appears.
Important
• Opening the printer driver setup window through Printer properties displays such tabs regarding
the Windows functions as the Ports (or Advanced) tab. Those tabs do not appear when opening
through Printing preferences or application software. For tabs regarding Windows functions, refer to
the user's manual for the Windows.
252
Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the printer status and the printing progress. The printer status is
shown by the icons and messages in the status monitor.
Launching the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor launches automatically when print data is sent to the printer. When
launched, the Canon IJ Status Monitor appears as a button on the task bar.
Click the button of the status monitor displayed on the task bar. The Canon IJ Status Monitor appears.
Note
• To open the Canon IJ Status Monitor when the printer is not printing, open the printer driver setup
window and click View Printer Status on the Maintenance tab.
• The information displayed on the Canon IJ Status Monitor may differ depending on the country or
region where you are using your printer.
When Errors Occur
The Canon IJ Status Monitor is automatically displayed if an error occurs (e.g., if the printer runs out of
paper or if the ink is low).
253
Instructions for Use (Printer Driver)
This printer driver is subject to the following restrictions. Keep the following points in mind when using the
printer driver.
Restrictions on the Printer Driver
• With some applications, the Copies setting in the Page Setup tab of the printer driver may not be
enabled.
In this case, use the copies setting in the Print dialog box of the application software.
• If the selected Language in the About dialog box of the Maintenance tab does not match the
operating system interface language, the printer driver setup window may not be displayed properly.
• Do not change the Advanced tab items of the printer properties. If you change any of the items, you
will not be able to use the following functions correctly.
Also, if Print to file is selected in the Print dialog box of the application software and with applications
that prohibit EMF spooling, the following functions will not operate.
◦ Preview before printing on the Main tab
◦ Prevention of Print Data Loss in the Print Options dialog box on the Page Setup tab
◦ Page Layout, Tiling/Poster, Booklet, Duplex Printing (Manual), Specify Margin..., Print from
Last Page, Collate, and Stamp/Background... on the Page Setup tab
• Since the resolution in the preview display differs from the printing resolution, text and lines in the
preview display may appear different from the actual print result.
• With some applications, the printing is divided into multiple print jobs.
To cancel printing, delete all divided print jobs.
• If image data is not printed correctly, display the Print Options dialog box from the Page Setup tab
and change the setting of Disable ICM required from the application software. This may solve the
problem.
Points to Note About Applications with Restrictions
• There are following restrictions in Microsoft Word (Microsoft Corporation).
◦ When Microsoft Word has the same printing functions as the printer driver, use Word to specify
them.
◦ When Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout is used for Page Layout on the Page Setup tab of
the printer driver, the document may not print normally in certain versions of Word.
◦ When Page Size in Word is set to "XXX Enlarge/Reduce," the document may not print normally in
certain versions of Word.
If this happens, follow the procedure below.
1. Open Word's Print dialog box.
2. Open the printer driver setup window, and on the Page Setup tab, set Page Size to the same
paper size that you specified in Word.
3. Set the Page Layout that you want, and then click OK to close the window.
4. Without starting printing, close the Print dialog box.
5. Open Word's Print dialog box again.
6. Open the printer driver setup window and click OK.
7. Start printing.
255
• If bitmap printing is enabled in Adobe Illustrator (Adobe Systems Incorporated), printing may take time
or some data may not be printed. Print after unchecking the Bitmap Printing check box in the Print
dialog box.
256
Quick Setup Tab Description
The Quick Setup tab is for registering commonly used print settings. When you select a registered setting,
the printer automatically switches to the preset items.
Commonly Used Settings
The names and icons of frequently used printing profiles are registered. When you select a printing
profile according to the purpose of the document, settings that match the purpose are applied.
In addition, functions that are thought to be useful for the selected printing profile are displayed in
Additional Features.
You can also change a printing profile and register it under a new name. You can delete the registered
printing profile.
You can rearrange the profiles either by dragging the individual profiles or by holding down the Ctrl key
and pressing the up or down arrow keys.
Standard
These are the factory settings.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have
priority.
Photo Printing
If you select this setting when printing a photo, the photo paper and photo size generally used are
set. The Borderless Printing check box is checked automatically.
If Orientation and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have priority.
Business Document
Select this setting when printing a general document.
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have
priority.
Paper Saving
Select this setting to save paper when printing a general document. The 2-on-1 Printing and
Duplex Printing (Manual) check boxes are checked automatically.
258
If Page Size, Orientation, and Copies were set from the application software, those settings have
priority.
Envelope
If you select this setting for printing an envelope, Media Type is set automatically to Envelope. In
the Envelope Size Setting dialog box, select the size of the envelope to be used.
Greeting Card
When selected for printing a greeting card, the Media Type is automatically set to Inkjet Greeting
Card. The Print Quality is also set to High, and a check-mark is added to Borderless Printing.
Save...
Displays the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box.
Click this button when you want to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup, Main, and
Page Setup tabs to Commonly Used Settings.
Delete
Deletes a registered printing profile.
Select the name of the setting to be deleted from Commonly Used Settings, and click Delete. When a
confirmation message is displayed, click OK to delete the specified printing profile.
Note
• Printing profiles that are registered in the initial settings cannot be deleted.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
Preview before printing
Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Check this check box to display a preview before printing.
Uncheck this check box if you do not want to display a preview.
Additional Features
Displays the frequently used, convenient functions for the printing profile that you selected for
Commonly Used Settings on the Quick Setup tab.
When you move the mouse pointer near a function that can be changed, a description of that function is
displayed.
To enable a function, check the corresponding check box.
For some functions, you can set detailed settings from the Main and Page Setup tabs.
Important
• Depending on the printing profiles, certain function may be grayed out and you will not be able to
change them.
2-on-1 Printing
Prints two pages of the document, side by side, on one sheet of paper.
To change the page sequence, click the Page Setup tab, select Page Layout for Page Layout,
and click Specify.... Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears, specify the Page
Order.
4-on-1 Printing
Prints four pages of the document, side by side, on one sheet of paper.
To change the page sequence, click the Page Setup tab, select Page Layout for Page Layout,
259
and click Specify.... Then in the Page Layout Printing dialog box that appears, specify the Page
Order.
Duplex Printing (Manual)
Select whether to print the document to both sides of the paper manually or to one side of the
paper.
To change the staple side or the margins, set the new values from the Page Setup tab.
Borderless Printing
Performs borderless printing without any margins on the paper.
With the borderless printing function, the document to be printed is enlarged, so that it extends
slightly off the paper. In other words, the document is printed without any margin.
To adjust the amount that the document extends beyond the paper, click the Page Setup tab,
choose Borderless, and enter the value in Amount of Extension.
Grayscale Printing
This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document.
Rotate 180 degrees
Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction.
The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application
software will be reversed vertically and horizontally.
Color/Intensity Manual Adjustment
Select when you set the Color Correction method and individual settings such as Cyan, Magenta,
Yellow, Brightness, Contrast, etc.
Media Type
Selects a type of printing paper.
Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer. This ensures that printing is
carried out properly for the specified paper.
Printer Paper Size
Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer.
Normally, the paper size is set automatically according to the output paper size setting, and the
document is printed with no scaling.
When you set 2-on-1 Printing or 4-on-1 Printing in Additional Features, you can manually set the
paper size with Page Size on the Page Setup tab.
If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size, the document size will be reduced. If you
select a paper size that is larger, the document size will be enlarged.
Also if you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Orientation
Selects the printing orientation.
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, select the same orientation that
you selected in that application.
Portrait
Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed
direction. This is the default setting.
260
Landscape
Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction.
You can change the rotation direction by going to the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool, opening
the Custom Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is
[Landscape] check box.
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90 degrees left
when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
Print Quality
Selects your desired printing quality.
Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose.
To set the print quality level individually, click the Main tab, and for Print Quality, select Custom.
The Set... becomes enabled. Click Set... to open the Custom dialog box, and then specify the desired
settings.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
Paper Source
The paper source of the media is being displayed.
Rear Tray
Paper is always supplied from the rear tray.
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function, specify
the settings on the printer driver. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify the
function settings on the application software.
Always Print with Current Settings
Prints documents with the current settings starting from the next print execution.
When you select this function and then close the printer driver setup window, the information that you
set on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs are saved and printing with the same settings is
possible starting from the next print execution.
Important
• If you log on with a different user name, the settings that were set when this function was enabled
are not reflected in the print settings.
• If a setting was specified on the application software, it has priority.
Printer Media Information...
Displays Printer Media Information dialog box.
You can check the printer settings and apply the checked settings to the printer driver.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Click this button to return all settings on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page Setup tabs to their default
values (factory settings).
261
Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box
This dialog box allows you to save the information that you set on the Quick Setup, Main, and Page
Setup tabs and add the information to the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick Setup tab.
Name
Enter the name for the printing profile you wish to save.
Up to 255 characters can be entered.
The name appears, with its associated icon, in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick
Setup tab.
Options...
Opens the Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box.
Changes the details of printing profile to be saved.
Save Commonly Used Settings dialog box
Select the icons of the printing profiles to be registered to Commonly Used Settings, and change the
items to be saved in the printing profiles.
Icon
Select the icon for the printing profile you wish to save.
The selected icon appears, with its name, in the Commonly Used Settings list on the Quick
Setup tab.
Save the paper size setting
Saves the paper size to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.
To apply the saved paper size when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the paper size is not saved, and consequently the paper size setting
is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the paper size
specified with the application software.
Save the orientation setting
Saves the Orientation to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.
To apply the saved print orientation when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the print orientation is not saved, and consequently the Orientation
setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the print
orientation specified with the application software.
Save the copies setting
Saves the Copies setting to the printing profile in Commonly Used Settings.
To apply the saved copies setting when the printing profile is selected, check this check box.
If this check box is unchecked, the copies setting is not saved, and consequently the Copies
setting is not applied when the printing profile is selected. Instead the printer prints with the copies
setting specified with the application software.
Custom Paper Size dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the size (width and height) of the custom paper.
262
Units
Select the unit for entering a user-defined paper size.
Paper Size
Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown according to the
units specified in Units.
Printer Media Information dialog box
This dialog box allows you to check the printer settings and apply the checked settings to the printer
driver.
Paper Source
The paper source of the media is being displayed.
Media Type
Displays the Media Type that is currently set on the printer.
To apply the displayed setting to the printer driver, click Set.
Page Size
Displays the Page Size that is currently set on the printer.
To apply the displayed setting to the printer driver, click Set.
Related Topics
Basic Printing Setup
Registering a Frequently Used Printing Profile
Setting Up Envelope Printing
Displaying the Print Results Before Printing
Duplex Printing
Perform Borderless Printing
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
Setting the Number of Copies and Printing Order
263
Main Tab Description
The Main tab allows you to create a basic print setup in accordance with the media type. Unless special
printing is required, normal printing can be performed just by setting the items on this tab.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
Media Type
Selects a type of printing paper.
Select a media type that matches the paper that is loaded in the printer. This ensures that printing is
carried out properly for the specified paper.
Paper Source
Shows the source from which paper is supplied.
Rear Tray
Paper is always supplied from the rear tray.
Print Quality
Selects your desired printing quality.
Select one of the following to set the print quality level that is appropriate for the purpose.
Important
• Depending on the Media Type settings, the same print results may be produced even if the Print
Quality is changed.
High
Gives priority to print quality over printing speed.
Standard
Prints with average speed and quality.
264
Custom
Select this when you want to set the printing quality level individually.
Set...
Select Custom for Print Quality to enable this button.
Open the Custom dialog box. You can then individually set the print quality level.
Color/Intensity
Selects color adjustment method.
Auto
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, Contrast, and so on are adjusted automatically.
Manual
Select when you set the individual settings such as Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness,
Contrast, etc. and Color Correction method.
Set...
Select Manual for Color/Intensity to enable this button.
In the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box, you can adjust individual color settings such as
Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, Brightness, and Contrast on the Color Adjustment tab, and select the
Color Correction method on the Matching tab.
Note
• If you want to use an ICC profile to adjust colors, use the Manual Color Adjustment dialog
box to set the profile.
Grayscale Printing
This function converts the data to monochrome data when printing your document.
Check this check box to print a color document in monochrome.
Preview before printing
Shows what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Check this check box to display a preview before printing.
Defaults
Restores all the settings you have changed to their default values.
Clicking this button restores all the settings on the current screen to their default values (factory
settings).
Custom dialog box
Set the quality level, and select the desired print quality.
Quality
You can use the slider bar to adjust the print quality level.
Important
•
Certain print quality levels cannot be selected depending on the settings of Media Type.
Note
•
The High or Standard print quality modes are linked with the slider bar. Therefore when the
slider bar is moved, the corresponding quality and value are displayed on the left. This is the
same as when the corresponding radio button is selected for Print Quality on the Main tab.
265
Color Adjustment Tab
This tab allows you to adjust the color balance by changing the settings of the Cyan, Magenta, Yellow,
Brightness, and Contrast options.
Preview
Shows the effect of color adjustment.
The color and brightness change when each item is adjusted.
Note
• The graphic is in monochrome when the Grayscale Printing check box is checked.
View Color Pattern
Displays a pattern for checking color changes produced by color adjustment.
If you want to display the preview image with a color pattern, check this check box.
Cyan / Magenta / Yellow
Adjusts the strengths of Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow.
Moving the slider to the right makes a color stronger, and moving the slider to the left makes a color
weaker.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
This adjustment changes the relative amount of ink of each color used, which alters the total
color balance of the document. Use your application if you want to change the total color balance
significantly. Use the printer driver only if you want to adjust the color balance slightly.
Important
• When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab, Cyan, Magenta, and Yellow appear
grayed out and are unavailable.
Brightness
Adjusts the brightness of your print. You cannot change the levels of pure white and black. However,
the brightness of the colors between white and black can be changed. Moving the slider to the right
brightens (dilutes) the colors, and moving the slider to the left darkens (intensifies) the colors. You
can also directly enter brightness values that are linked to the slider bar. Enter a value in the range
from -50 to 50.
Contrast
Adjusts the contrast between light and dark in the image to be printed.
Moving the slider to the right increases the contrast, moving the slider to the left decreases the
contrast.
You can also directly enter a value linked to the slider. Enter a value in the range from -50 to 50.
Matching Tab
Allows you to select the method for adjusting colors to match the type of document to be printed.
Color Correction
Allows you to select Driver Matching, ICM, or None to match the purpose of the print operation.
266
Important
• When Grayscale Printing is checked on the Main tab, Color Correction appears grayed out
and is unavailable.
Driver Matching
With Canon Digital Photo Color, you can print sRGB data with color tints that most people prefer.
ICM
Adjusts the colors by using an ICC profile when printing.
Important
• If the application software is set so that ICM is disabled, ICM is unavailable for Color
Correction and the printer may not be able to print the image data properly.
None
Disables color adjustment with the printer driver. Select this value when you are specifying an
individually created printing ICC profile in an application software to print data.
Related Topics
Setting the Print Quality Level (Custom)
Adjusting Color Balance
Adjusting Brightness
Adjusting Contrast
Specifying Color Correction
Adjusting Colors with the Printer Driver
Printing with ICC Profiles
Printing a Color Document in Monochrome
Displaying the Print Results Before Printing
267
Page Setup Tab Description
The Page Setup tab allows you to determine how a document is to be arranged on the paper. Also, this
tab allows you to set the number of copies and the order of printing. If the application which created the
document has a similar function, set them with the application.
Settings Preview
The paper illustration shows how the original will be laid out on a sheet of paper.
You can check an overall image of the layout.
Page Size
Selects a page size.
Ensure that you select the same page size as you selected within the application.
If you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Orientation
Selects the printing orientation.
If the application used to create your document has a similar function, select the same orientation that
you selected in that application.
Portrait
Prints the document so that its top and bottom positions are unchanged relative to the paper feed
direction. This is the default setting.
Landscape
Prints the document by rotating it 90 degrees relative to the paper feed direction.
You can change the rotation direction by going to the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool, opening
the Custom Settings dialog box, and then using Rotate 90 degrees left when orientation is
[Landscape] check box.
To rotate the document 90 degrees to the left when printing, select the Rotate 90 degrees left
when orientation is [Landscape] check box.
268
Rotate 180 degrees
Prints the document by rotating it 180 degrees against the paper feed direction.
The width of print area and the amount of extension that are configured in other application
software will be reversed vertically and horizontally.
Printer Paper Size
Selects the size of paper actually loaded into the printer.
The default setting is Same as Page Size to perform normal-sized printing.
You can select a printer paper size when you select Fit-to-Page, Scaled, Page Layout, Tiling/Poster,
or Booklet for Page Layout.
If you select a paper size that is smaller than the Page Size, the document size will be reduced. If you
select a paper size that is larger, the document size will be enlarged.
Also if you select Custom..., the Custom Paper Size dialog box opens and allows you to specify any
vertical and horizontal dimensions for the paper size.
Page Layout
Selects the size of the document you want to print and the type of printing.
Normal-size
This is the normal printing method. Select this when you do not specify any page layout.
Automatically reduce large document that the printer cannot output
If the printer cannot print the paper size of a document, the printer can automatically reduce
the size when it prints the document.
Check this check box to reduce the size when printing the document.
Borderless
Chooses whether you are printing on a full page without any page margins or printing with page
margins.
In borderless printing, originals are enlarged to extend slightly off the paper. Thus, printing can be
performed without any margins (border).
Use Amount of Extension to adjust how much of the document extends off the paper during
borderless printing.
Amount of Extension
Adjusts how much of the document extends off the paper during borderless printing.
Moving the slider to the right increases the amount of extension and allows you to perform
borderless printing with no problems.
Moving the slider to the left reduces the amount of extension and expands the range of the
document to print.
Fit-to-Page
This function enables you to automatically enlarge or reduce documents to fit to the paper size
loaded in the printer without changing the paper size you specified in your application software.
Scaled
Documents can be enlarged or reduced to be printed.
Specify the size in Printer Paper Size, or enter the scaling ratio in the Scaling box.
Scaling
Specifies an enlargement or reduction ratio for the document you want to print.
Page Layout
Multiple pages of document can be printed on one sheet of paper.
269
Specify...
Opens the Page Layout Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on page layout printing.
Tiling/Poster
This function enables you to enlarge the image data and divide the enlarged data into several
pages to be printed. You can also glue together these sheets of paper to create large printed
matter, such as a poster.
Specify...
Opens the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on tiling/poster printing.
Booklet
The booklet printing function allows you to print data for a booklet. Data is printed on both sides of
the paper. This type of printing ensures that pages can be collated properly, in page number order,
when the printed sheets are folded and stapled at the center.
Specify...
Opens the Booklet Printing dialog box.
Click this button to set details on booklet printing.
Duplex Printing (Manual)
Select whether to print the document to both sides of the paper manually or to one side of the paper.
Check this check box to print the document on both sides.
This function can be used only when Plain Paper is selected for Media Type and one of Normal-size,
Fit-to-Page, Scaled, or Page Layout is selected.
Stapling Side
Selects the stapling margin position.
The printer analyzes the Orientation and Page Layout settings, and automatically selects the best
stapling margin position. Check Stapling Side, and select from the list to change it.
Specify Margin...
Opens the Specify Margin dialog box.
You can specify the width of the margin.
Copies
Specifies the number of copies you want to print. You can specify a value from 1 to 999.
Important
• If the application used to create your document has a similar function, specify the number of copies
with the application without specifying it here.
Print from Last Page
Check this check box when you want to print from the last page in order. If you do this, you do not need
to sort the pages into their correct order after printing.
Uncheck this check box to print your document in normal order, starting from the first page.
Collate
Check this check box to group together the pages of each copy when you want to print multiple copies.
Uncheck this check box when you want to print with all pages of the same page number grouped
together.
270
Important
• When the application software that you used to create the document has the same function,
give priority to the printer driver settings. However, if the print results are not acceptable, specify
the function settings on the application software. When you specify the number of copies and
the printing order with both the application and this printer driver, the number of copies may be
multiplied numbers of the two settings or the specified printing order may not be enabled.
Print Options...
Opens the Print Options dialog box.
Changes detailed printer driver settings for print data that is sent from applications.
Stamp/Background...
Opens the Stamp/Background dialog box.
The Stamp function allows you to print a stamp text or a bitmap over or behind document data. It also
allows you to print date, time and user name. The Background function allows you to print a light
illustration behind the document data.
Depending on the environment, Stamp and Background may not be available.
Custom Paper Size dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the size (width and height) of the custom paper.
Units
Select the unit for entering a user-defined paper size.
Paper Size
Specifies the Width and the Height of the custom paper. Measurement is shown according to the
units specified in Units.
Page Layout Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the number of document pages to be placed on one sheet of paper,
the page order, and whether a page border line is to be printed around each document page.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings made on the Page Layout Printing dialog box.
You can check what the print result will look like before you actually print the data.
Page Layout
Specifies the number of document pages to fit on one sheet.
Page Order
Specifies the document orientation to be printed on a sheet of paper.
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
271
Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to select the size of the image to be printed. You can also make settings for cut
lines and paste markers which are convenient for pasting together the pages into a poster.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings of the Tiling/Poster Printing dialog box.
You can check what the print result will look like.
Image Divisions
Select the number of divisions (vertical x horizontal).
As the number of divisions increases, the number of sheets used for printing increases. If you are
pasting pages together to create a poster, increasing the number of divisions allows you to create a
larger poster.
Print "Cut/Paste" in margins
Specifies whether to print the words "Cut" and "Paste" in the margins. These words serve as
guidelines for pasting together the pages into a poster.
Check this check box to print the words.
Note
• Depending on the environment of the printer driver you are using, this function may not be
available.
Print "Cut/Paste" lines in margins
Specifies whether to print cut lines that serve as guidelines for pasting together the pages into a
poster.
Check this check box to print the cut lines.
Print page range
Specifies the printing range. Select All under normal circumstances.
Select Pages to specify a specific page or range.
Note
• If some of the pages have not been printed well, specify the pages that do not need to be printed
by clicking them in the settings preview of the Page Setup tab. Only the pages shown on the
screen will be printed this time.
Booklet Printing dialog box
This dialog box allows you to set how to bind the document as a booklet. Printing only on one side and
printing a page border, can also be set in this dialog box.
The settings specified in this dialog box can be confirmed in the settings preview on the printer driver.
Preview Icon
Shows the settings made on the Booklet Printing dialog box.
You can check what the document will look like when printed as a booklet.
Margin for stapling
Specifies which side of the booklet is to be stapled.
272
Insert blank page
Selects whether to print the document on one side or both sides of the booklet.
Check this check box to print the document on one side of the booklet and select the side to be left
blank from the list.
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The specified width becomes the stapling margin from the center of the sheet.
Page Border
Prints a page border line around each document page.
Check this check box to print the page border line.
Specify Margin dialog box
This dialog box allows you to specify the margin width for the side to be stapled. If a document does not fit
on one page, the document is reduced when printed.
Margin
Specifies the width of the stapling margin.
The width of the side specified by Stapling Side becomes the stapling margin.
Print Options dialog box
Makes changes to print data that is sent to the printer.
Depending on the environment, this function may not be available.
Disable ICM required from the application software
Disables the ICM function required from the application software.
When an application software uses Windows ICM to print data, unexpected colors may be produced
or the printing speed may decrease. If these problems occur, checking this check box may resolve
the problems.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
• This function does not work when ICM is selected for Color Correction on the Matching tab of
the Manual Color Adjustment dialog box.
Disable the color profile setting of the application software
Checking this check box disables information in the color profile that was set on the application
software.
When the information in the color profile set on the application software is output to the printer driver,
the print result may contain unexpected colors. If this happens, checking this check box may resolve
the problem.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
• Even when this check box is checked, only some of the information in the color profile is
disabled, and the color profile can still be used for printing.
273
Ungroup Papers
Sets the display method of Media Type, Page Size, and Printer Paper Size.
To display the items separately, select the check box.
To display the items as a group, clear the check box.
Do not allow application software to compress print data
Compression of the application software print data is prohibited.
If the print result has missing image data or unintended colors, selecting this check box may improve
the condition.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Print after creating print data by page
The print data is created in page units, and printing starts after the processing of one page of print
data is complete.
If a printed document contains unintended results such as streaks, selecting this check box may
improve the results.
Important
• Uncheck this check box under normal circumstances.
Prevention of Print Data Loss
You can reduce the size of the print data that was created with the application software and then print
the data.
Depending on the application software being used, the image data may be cut off or may not be
printed properly. In such cases, select On. If you will not be using this function, select Off.
Important
• When using this function, the print quality may drop depending on the print data.
Unit of Print Data Processing
Selects the processing unit of the print data to be sent to the printer.
Select Recommended under normal circumstances.
Important
• A large amount of memory may be used for certain settings.
Do not change the setting if your computer has a small amount of memory.
Stamp/Background dialog box
The Stamp/Background dialog box allows you to print a stamp and/or background over or behind the
document pages. In addition to the pre-registered ones, you can register and use your original stamp or
background.
Stamp
Stamp printing is a function that prints a stamp over a document.
Check this check box and select a title from the list to print a stamp.
Define Stamp...
Opens the
Stamp Settings dialog box.
You can check the details of a selected stamp or save a new stamp.
274
Place stamp over text
Sets how the stamp is to be printed over the document.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a stamp over the printed document page. The printed data may be
hidden behind the stamp.
Uncheck this check box to print the document data over the stamp. The printed data will not be
hidden behind the stamp. However, the sections of the stamp that are overlapped by the document
may be hidden.
Stamp first page only
Selects whether the stamp is to be printed on the first page only or on all pages when the document
has two or more pages.
Check the Stamp check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a stamp on the first page only.
Background
Background printing is a function that allows you to print an illustration or a similar object (bitmap)
behind the document.
Check this check box to print a background and select a title from the list.
Select Background...
Opens the Background Settings dialog box.
You can register a bitmap as a background, and change layout method and intensity of the selected
background.
Background first page only
Selects whether to print the background on the first page only or print on all pages when the
document has two or more pages.
Check the Background check box to enable this.
Check this check box to print a background on the first page only.
Stamp Tab
The Stamp tab allows you to set the text and bitmap file (.bmp) to be used for a stamp.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab.
Stamp Type
Specifies the stamp type.
Select Text to create a stamp with characters. Select Bitmap to create with a bitmap file. Select
Date/Time/User Name to display the creation date/time and user name of the printed document.
The setting items in the Stamp tab change depending on the selected type.
• For Text registration, the characters must already be entered in Stamp Text. If necessary,
change the TrueType Font, Style, Size, and Outline settings. You can select the color of the
stamp by clicking Select Color....
• For Bitmap, click Select File... and select the bitmap file (.bmp) to be used. If necessary,
change the settings of the Size and Transparent white area.
• For Date/Time/User Name, the creation date/time and user name of the printed object are
displayed in Stamp Text. If necessary, change the settings of TrueType Font, Style, Size,
and Outline. You can select the color of the stamp by clicking Select Color....
275
When Stamp Type is Text or Date/Time/User Name
Stamp Text
Specifies the stamp text string.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
For Date/Time/User Name, the creation date/time and user name of the printed object are
displayed in Stamp Text.
Important
• Stamp Text appears grayed out and is unavailable if Date/Time/User Name is selected.
TrueType Font
Selects the font for the stamp text string.
Style
Selects the font style for the stamp text string.
Size
Selects the font size for the stamp text string.
Outline
Selects a frame that encloses the stamp text string.
If a large font size is selected for Size, characters may extend outside of the stamp border.
Color/Select Color...
Shows the current color for the stamp.
To select a different color, click Select Color... to open the Color dialog box, and select or create a
color you wish to use as a stamp.
When Stamp Type is Bitmap
File
Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the stamp.
Select File...
Opens the dialog box to open a file.
Click this button to select a bitmap file to be used as a stamp.
Size
Adjusts the size of the bitmap file to be used as a stamp.
Moving the slider to the right increases the size, moving the slider to the left decreases the size.
Transparent white area
Specifies whether to make white-filled areas of the bitmap transparent.
Check this check box to make white-filled areas of the bitmap transparent.
Note
• Click Defaults to set Stamp Type to text, Stamp Text to blank, TrueType Font to Arial, Style to
Regular, Size to 36 points, Outline unchecked, and Color to gray with the RGB values (192, 192,
192).
Placement Tab
The Placement tab allows you to set the position where the stamp is to be printed.
276
Preview Window
Shows the status of the stamp configured in each tab.
Position
Specifies the stamp position on the page.
Selecting Custom from the list allows you to enter values for the X-Position and Y-Position
coordinates directly.
You can also change the stamp position by dragging the stamp in the preview window.
Rotation
Specifies the angle of rotation for the stamp. The angle can be set by entering the number of
degrees.
Negative values rotate the stamp clockwise.
Note
• Rotation is enabled only when Text or Date/Time/User Name is selected for Stamp Type on
the Stamp tab.
Note
• Click Defaults to set the stamp position to Center and the rotation to "0."
Save settings Tab
The Save settings tab allows you to register a new stamp or delete an unnecessary stamp.
Title
Enter the title to save the stamp you created.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
Note
• Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.
Stamps
Shows a list of saved stamp titles.
Specify a title to display the corresponding stamp in Title.
Save/Save overwrite
Saves the stamp.
Enter a title in Title, and then click this button.
Delete
Deletes an unnecessary stamp.
Specify the title of an unnecessary stamp from the Stamps list, and click this button.
Background Tab
The Background tab allows you to select a bitmap file (.bmp) to be used as a background or determine
how to print the selected background.
Preview Window
Shows the status of the bitmap set on the Background tab.
277
File
Specifies the name of the bitmap file to be used as the background.
Select File...
Opens the dialog box to open a file.
Click this button to select a bitmap file (.bmp) to be used as the background.
Layout Method
Specifies how the background image is to be placed on the paper.
When Custom is selected, you can set coordinates for X-Position and Y-Position.
You can also change the background position by dragging the image in the preview window.
Intensity
Adjusts the intensity of the bitmap to be used as a background.
Moving the slider to the right increases the intensity, and moving the slider to the left decreases the
intensity. To print the background at the original bitmap intensity, move the slider to the rightmost
position.
Note
• Depending on the environment, this function may not be available.
• Click Defaults to set File to blank, Layout Method to Fill page, and the Intensity slider to the
middle.
Save settings Tab
The Save settings tab allows you to register a new background or delete an unnecessary background.
Title
Enter the title to save the background image you specified.
Up to 64 characters can be entered.
Note
• Spaces, tabs, and returns cannot be entered at the beginning or end of a title.
Backgrounds
Shows a list of registered background titles.
Specify a title to display the corresponding background in Title.
Save/Save overwrite
Saves the image data as a background.
After inserting the Title, click this button.
Delete
Deletes an unnecessary background.
Specify the title of an unnecessary background from the Backgrounds list, and then click this
button.
Related Topics
Setting Paper Dimensions (Custom Size)
Setting a Page Size and Orientation
Perform Borderless Printing
278
Maintenance Tab Description
The Maintenance tab allows you to start the Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool or check the status of the
printer.
Maintenance and Preferences
Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool is started.
You can perform printer maintenance or change the settings of the printer.
View Printer Status
Starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor.
Perform this function when you want to check the printer status and how a print job is proceeding.
About
Opens the About dialog box.
The version of the printer driver, plus a copyright notice, can be checked.
In addition, the language to be used can be switched.
About dialog box
When you click About, the About dialog box is displayed.
This dialog box displays the version, copyright, and module list of the printer driver. You can select the
language to be used and switch the language displayed in the setup window.
Modules
Lists the printer driver modules.
Language
Specifies the language you wish to use in the printer driver setup window.
280
Important
• If the font for displaying the language of your choice is not installed in your system, the
characters will be garbled.
281
Canon IJ Status Monitor Description
The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays the printer status and the printing progress. The printer status is
shown by the icons and messages in the status monitor.
Features of the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor has the following functions:
Onscreen display of printer status
The status monitor displays the printer status in real-time.
You can check the progress of each document to be printed (print job).
Display of error content and correction procedure
The status monitor displays information on any errors that occur on the printer.
You can then immediately check what sort of action to perform.
Overview of the Canon IJ Status Monitor
The Canon IJ Status Monitor displays icons and messages related to printer status and ink.
During printing, you can check information about the document being printed and the print progress.
If an error occurs, the status monitor displays the error content and instructions on how to correct the
error. Follow the message instructions.
Printer
Canon IJ Status Monitor shows an icon when a warning or error occurs to the printer.
: There is a warning.
: There has been an operator error.
: There is a notice about something other than a warning or an error.
: There has been an error which requires a service.
282
Document Name
Name of the document being printed.
Owner
Owner's name of the document being printed.
Printing Page
Page number of current page and the total page count.
Display Print Queue
The print queue, which controls the current document and documents waiting to be printed.
Cancel Printing
Cancels printing.
About Ink
Displays messages about ink.
Ink Model Number
You can look up the correct ink model number for your printer.
Estimated Maintenance Cartridge Usage
Displays icons to report that the available space in the maintenance cartridge is low or the
cartridge is full.
Click (the disclosure triangle) to display a pictorial representation of the estimated usage
amount in the maintenance cartridge.
Option Menu
If a printer message appears, select Enable Status Monitor to start the Canon IJ Status
Monitor.
Select Enable Status Monitor to use the following commands:
Always Display Current Job
Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor whenever a document is being printed.
Always Display on Top
Displays the Canon IJ Status Monitor in front of other windows.
Display Guide Message
Displays guide messages for complicated paper setting operations.
Envelope Printing
Displays a guide message when envelope printing starts.
To hide this guide message, select the Do not show this message again check box.
To display the guide message again, open the Option menu, select Display Guide
Message, click Envelope Printing, and enable this setting.
Display Warning Automatically
When a Maintenance Cartridge Warning Occurs
When a maintenance cartridge remaining space warning occurs, the Canon IJ status
monitor starts automatically and appears in front of all other windows.
Display Firmware Update Notifications
Displays firmware update notifications.
If there's a firmware update available, a dialog box is displayed when you start printing.
If you add a check mark to Do not show this message again in this dialog box, you can
prevent it from displaying again.
283
Start when Windows is Started
Automatically starts the Canon IJ Status Monitor when Windows is started.
Remote UI menu
You are able to open the printer's Remote User Interface.
You are able to check the printer status and run maintenance functions on the printer when
connected to and using it through a network.
Note
• When the printer is being used via USB connection Remote UI will not display.
Printer Information
Allows you to check detailed information, such as the printer status and print progress.
Maintenance
Allows you to run printer maintenance and change printer settings.
Download Security Certificate
Displays the For secure communication window.
This window allows you to download the route certificate, register it to the browser, and
disable warning displays.
Help Menu
Select this menu to display Help information for the Canon IJ Status Monitor including version
and copyright information.
Related Topic
Canon IJ Status Monitor
284
Installing the MP Drivers
You can access our web site through the Internet and download the latest MP Drivers for your model.
1. Turn on the printer1.
2.
Start the installer
2.
Double-click the icon of the downloaded file.
The installation program starts.
Important
•
A confirmation/warning dialog box may appear when starting, installing or uninstalling software.
This dialog box appears when administrative rights are required to perform a task.
When you are logged on to an administrator account, click Yes (or Continue, Allow) to continue.
Some applications require an administrator account to continue. In such cases, switch to an
administrator account, and restart the operation from the beginning.
3.
Install the MP Drivers
3.
Take the appropriate action as described on the screen.
4. Complete the installation4.
Click Exit.
Depending on the environment you are using, a message prompting you to restart the computer may be
displayed. To complete the installation properly, restart the computer.
Important
• You can download the MP Drivers for free, but any Internet access charges incurred are your
responsibility.
Related Topics
Obtaining the Latest MP Drivers
Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers
Before Installing the MP Drivers
285
Printing
This printer is compatible with the macOS standard printing system (AirPrint).
You can start printing right away after connecting this printer to your Mac without installing any special
software.
Checking Your Environment
First, check your environment.
• AirPrint Operation Environment•
Mac running the latest version of OS
• Requirement•
The Mac and the printer must be connected by one of the following methods:
◦ Connected to the same network over a LAN
◦ Connected directly without wireless router (Direct Connection)
◦ Connected by USB
Print from a Mac
1. Check that printer is turned on1.
Note
• If Auto power on is enabled, printer automatically turns itself on when receiving a print job.
2. Load paper in printer2.
3. Select paper size and paper type from printer3.
Register the set paper size and paper type on the printer operation panel.
For instructions, see "
Paper Settings."
4. Start printing from your application software4.
The Print dialog opens.
5.
Select printer
5.
Select your model from the Printer list in the Print dialog.
287
Note
• Click Show Details to switch the setup window to the detailed display.
6. Check print settings6.
Set items such as Paper Size to the appropriate size, as well as Media Type from Media & Quality of
the pop-up menu.
Important
•
An error may occur if the paper size set in the print dialog is different from the paper size
registered on the printer. Select the correct items on the print dialog and the printer that
correspond to the paper being printed.
288
Note
• Use the Print dialog to set general print settings such as the layout and the print sequence.
For information about print settings, refer to macOS help.
7. Click Print7.
The printer prints according to the specified settings.
Important
• If you are performing large-format printing, make sure that there is plenty of remaining ink.
• If you set a custom paper size in Paper Size and set it to a length longer than the specified length,
the data will be printed with the "Media Type: Plain Paper, Print Quality: Standard" setting.
Note
• It can take the Wi-Fi a few minutes to get connected after the printer turns on. Print after checking
that the printer is connected to the network.
• You cannot print if Bonjour settings of printer are disabled. Check LAN settings of printer and enable
Bonjour settings.
•
Refer to "Cannot Print Using AirPrint" for printing problems.
•
The display of the settings screen may differ depending on the application software you are using.
•
If you print with Media Type set to Premium Fine Art Rough, the paper may get rubbed, reducing
the print quality at the top and bottom edges. When creating print data with the application software,
we recommend that you create 35 mm margins on the top and bottom edges.
Printing of Envelopes
For printing on the envelope from Mac, refer to the following.
Print result
image
Orientation of print data Orientation of loading envelope
The print data is rotated by 180 degrees
against the print result image.
Load the envelope in vertically with the address side facing
up so that the folded flap of the envelope will be faced down
on the right side.
289
Perform Borderless Printing
The borderless printing function allows you to print data without any margin by enlarging the data so
that it extends slightly off the paper. In standard printing, margins are created around the document area.
However, in borderless printing function, these margins are not created. When you want to print data such
as a photo without providing any margin around it, set borderless printing.
The procedure for performing borderless printing is as follows:
Setting Borderless Printing
1.
Set the Amount of extension on the printer operation panel
1.
For information on how to set the amount of extension, see "Print settings."
Important
• When the Amount: Large is set, the back side of the paper may become smudged.
2. Select sheet size for borderless printing2.
Select XXX Borderless for Paper Size from the print dialog.
3.
Click Print
3.
When you perform print, the data is printed without any margins on the paper.
290
Important
• Borderless printing only supports specific paper sizes. Make sure to select a paper size with the
wording "Borderless" from the Paper Size.
• Print quality may deteriorate or the sheet may be stained at the top and bottom depending on the
type of paper used.
• When the ratio of the height to the width differs from the image data, a portion of the image may not
be printed depending on the size of the media used.
In this case, crop the image data with an application software according to the paper size.
• When scaled printing or page layout printing is enabled, you cannot perform borderless printing.
Note
• The use of borderless printing is not recommended if Plain Paper is selected for Media Type in
Media & Quality.
Expanding the Range of the Document to Print
Setting a large amount of extension allows you to perform borderless printing with no problems. However,
the portion of the document extending off the paper range will not be printed and for this reason, the
subjects around the perimeter of a photo may not be printed.
If you are not satisfied with the borderless printing results, reduce the amount of extension in printer
operation panel.
Important
• When the amount of extension is decreased, an unexpected margin may be produced on the print,
depending on the size of the paper.
Note
• When the Amount: Minimum is set, image data will be printed in the full size. If you set this when
printing the address side of a postcard, the postal code of the sender is printed in the correct position.
291
Printing on Postcards
This section describes the procedure for printing on postcards.
1. Load postcards in printer1.
2.
Select paper size and paper type from the printer
2.
Register Hagaki for paper size from the printer operation panel.
Also, register IJ Hagaki, Hagaki K, or Hagaki for paper type, according to your purpose. When you print
on the address side, register Hagaki.
3.
Select Paper Size and Media Type from the print dialog
3.
Select Postcard or Postcard Borderless for Paper Size from the print dialog. When you print on the
address side, select Postcard.
Select Hagaki, Hagaki (A), Hagaki K, Hagaki K (A), Ink Jet Hagaki, Ink Jet Hagaki (A), for Media
Type from the print dialog.
Important
•
This printer cannot print on postcards that have photos or stickers attached.
•
You will get cleaner printing if you print the message side first and then print the address side.
4.
Click Print
4.
The printer prints according to the specified settings.
292
Adding Printer
Procedure for adding printer to your Mac is explained.
To re-add a printer that was deleted, open System Preferences -> Printers & Scanners, click + next to the
printer list, and then perform the procedure described below.
If your printer is connected via USB, and you connect the USB cable to a Mac, the printer is automatically
added. The below procedure is not necessary in this case.
1.
Check whether Default is selected in the displayed dialog
1.
Note
•
It may take a little time for your printer to appear.
2.
Select the printer
2.
Select the printer listed as Bonjour Multifunction.
Note
•
Check the following if printer does not appear.
Printer is on
Firewall function of the security software is off
Printer is either connected to the wireless router or directly connected to the PC (Direct
Connection)
3. Select Secure AirPrint from Use3.
4. Click Add4.
The printer is added to your Mac.
293
How to Open Printer Settings Screen
The settings screen of the printer can be displayed from your application software.
Opening the Page Setup Dialog
Use this procedure to set the page (paper) settings before printing.
1.
Select Page Setup... from the File menu of the application software
1.
The Page Setup dialog opens.
Opening the Print Dialog
Use this procedure to set the print settings before printing.
1.
Select Print... from the File menu of the application software
1.
The Print dialog opens.
294
Displaying the Printing Status Screen
Check the print progress according to the following procedure:
1. Launch the printing status screen1.
•
If the print data has been sent to the printer
•
The printing status screen opens automatically. To display the printing status screen, click the
(the printer icon) displayed on the Dock.
•
If the print data has not been sent to the printer
•
Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners.
To display the printing status screen, select your printer model from the printer list, and then click
Open Print Queue....
2.
Check the printing status
2.
You can check the name of the file being printed or ready for being printed.
Deletes the specified print job.
Stops printing the specified document.
Resumes printing the specified document.
Stops printing all documents.
Displayed only when printing of all documents is being stopped, and resumes printing all documents.
Important
• If an error occurs, an error message will appear on the printing progress confirmation screen.
• The content of the error message may differ depending on the OS version.
• The printer part names in the error message may differ from what is listed in this manual.
• If the content of the error message is difficult to understand, check the error message displayed on the
printer operation panel.
295
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
If the printer does not start printing, canceled or failed print job data may be remaining.
Delete unnecessary print jobs from the print status check screen.
1. Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners1.
2.
Select your model, and then click Open Print Queue...
2.
The print status check screen appears.
3.
Select the unnecessary print job and click (Delete)
3.
The selected print jobs will be deleted.
296
Removing Printer That Is No Longer Required from List of
Printers
The printer that is no longer in use can be removed from the list of printers.
Before removing the printer, remove the cable connecting the printer and PC.
You cannot remove the printer if you are not logged on as the administrator. For information about an
administrative user, see Users & Groups from System Preferences.
1.
Open System Preferences, and select Printers & Scanners
1.
2.
Delete printer from list of printers
2.
Select the printer you wish to remove from the list of printers and click -.
Click Delete Printer when the confirmation message appears.
297
Printing Using Canon Application Software
Easy-PhotoPrint Editor Guide
298
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet
Printing from iPhone/iPad/iPod touch (iOS)
Printing from Smartphone/Tablet (Android)
299
Paper Settings
By registering the paper size and the media type loaded on the rear tray, you can prevent the printer from
misprinting by displaying the message before printing starts when the paper size or the media type of the
loaded paper differs from the print settings.
Note
• The default display setting is different between when you print or copy from the operation panel of the•
printer, when you print from Smartphone/tablet, when you print from Windows, and when you print from
macOS.
Default Setting for Displaying the Message which Prevents Misprinting
After loading paper:
The screen to register the rear tray paper information is displayed.
Register the paper size and the media type according to the loaded paper.
Important
• For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver for•
Windows and on the LCD:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
300
When the paper settings for printing/copying are different from the
paper information registered to the printer:
Ex:
• Paper settings for printing/copying: A5•
• Paper information registered to the printer: A4•
When you start printing or copying, a message is displayed.
Pressing the OK button displays the paper setting specified for printing or copying under the message.
Please choose one of the following.
Note
• Depending on the setting, the choices below may not be displayed.•
Print on set paper
Select if you want to print/copy on the paper loaded without changing the paper settings.
For example, when the paper setting for printing/copying is A5 and the paper information registered
to the printer is A4, the printer starts printing/copying on the paper loaded in the rear tray without
changing the paper size setting for printing/copying.
Replace the paper
Select if you want to print after replacing the paper of the rear tray.
For example, when the paper size setting for printing/copying is A5 and the paper information
registered to the printer is A4, you load A5 sized paper in the rear tray before you start printing/
copying.
The paper information registration screen is displayed after replacing the paper. Register the paper
information according to the paper that you loaded.
Note
• For more on the proper combination of paper settings you can specify by the printer driver for•
Windows and on the LCD:
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size)
Cancel
Cancels printing.
301
Select when you change the paper settings specified for printing/copying. Change the paper settings
and try printing/copying again.
Default Setting for Displaying the Message which Prevents Misprinting
• When you print/copy using the operation panel of the printer or when you print from•
smartphone/tablet:
The message which prevents misprinting is enabled by default.
To change the setting:
Feed settings
• When you print from Windows:•
The message which prevents misprinting is disabled by default.
To change the setting:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
• When you print from macOS:•
The message which prevents misprinting is enabled by default.
To change the setting:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode
Important
• When the message which prevents misprinting is disabled:•
The printer starts printing/copying even though the paper settings for printing/copying and the paper
information registered to the printer are different.
302
Making Copies
This section describes the basic procedure to perform standard copying.
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2.
Load paper.
2.
3.
Press the COPY button.
3.
The Copy standby screen is displayed.
4.
Load original on platen.
4.
5.
Confirm the page size (A) and magnification (B).
5.
Note
• To change or confirm the page size, magnification, or other settings, press the MENU button, then•
use the button to display the desired setting item.
Setting Items for Copying
• Press the COPY button to reset the magnification to 100%.•
6. Use the button to specify the number of copies.6.
7. Press the Black button or the Color button.7.
The printer starts copying.
Remove the original on the platen after copying is complete.
Important
•
Do not open the document cover or remove the original while Scanning... is displayed on the
•
screen.
Note
•
To cancel copying, press the Stop button.
•
•
You can add the copying job while printing.
•
Adding the Copying Job (Reserve copy)
304
Adding the Copying Job (Reserve copy)
You can add the copying job while printing (Reserve copy).
The screen like shown below is displayed when you can reserve copy.
Load the original on the platen and press the same button (the Color button or the Black button) as the
one which you previously pressed.
Important
• When you load the original on the platen, open and close the document cover gently.•
Note
• When Print quality is set to High, you cannot add the copying job.•
• When you add the copying job, the number of copies or the settings such as the page size or media•
type cannot be changed.
• If you press the Stop button while reserve copying is in progress, the screen to select the method•
to cancel copying is displayed. If you select Cancel all reserv. then press the OK button, you can
cancel copying all scanned data. If you select Cancel last reserv. then press the OK button, you can
cancel the last copying job.
• If you set a document of too many pages to reserve copy, Memory is full may appear on the LCD.•
Press the OK button and wait a while, then try copying again.
• If Try again appears on the LCD when scanning, press the OK button, then press the Stop button to•
cancel copying. After that, copy the documents that have not been finished copying.
305
Setting Items for Copying
You can change the copy settings such as the page size, media type, and intensity.
In the copy mode, press the MENU button, use the button to select a setting item, then press the OK
button.
Use the button to adjust each setting item, then press the OK button. The next setting item is
displayed.
The LCD returns to the Copy standby screen when all the settings are complete.
Note
• The (asterisk) on the LCD indicates the current setting.•
• Some settings cannot be specified in combination with the setting of other setting items or the copy•
menu.
• The settings of the page size, media type, etc. are retained even if the printer is turned off.•
• Enlarge/Reduce•
Select the reduction/enlargement method.
Reducing/Enlarging Copies
Ex:
Note
• This setting item is displayed under the following conditions.•
When standard copying is selected
When Borderless copy is selected for Special copy
• Copy intensity•
Change the intensity (brightness).
Ex:
Note
• If you select Manual adjust, use the button to decrease the intensity or the button to•
increase it.
• Page size•
Select the page size of the loaded paper.
Ex:
306
Note
• Some of setting items are not available depending on the country or region of purchase.•
• Media type•
Select the media type of the loaded paper.
Ex:
• Print quality•
Select the print quality according to the original.
Ex:
Note
• Select High to copy in grayscale. Grayscale renders tones in a range of grays instead of black or•
white.
• 4-on-1 layout•
Select the layout when copying four original pages onto a single sheet of paper by reducing each image.
Four different layouts are available.
Ex:
Note
• This setting item is displayed only when 4-on-1 copy is selected for Special copy.•
Copying Four Pages onto Single Page
307
Scanning from Computer (Windows)
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility)
IJ Scan Utility Features
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan) Basics
Scanning Documents and Photos
Creating/Editing PDF Files
Setting Passwords for PDF Files
Editing Password-Protected PDF Files
Scanning Using Application Software (ScanGear)
Scanning Tips
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
Network Scan Settings
IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen
309
IJ Scan Utility Features
Use IJ Scan Utility to scan and save documents, photos, or other items at one time by simply clicking the
corresponding icon.
Multiple Scanning Modes
Auto allows for one click scanning with default settings for various items. Document will sharpen text in a
document or magazine for better readability, and Photo is best suited for scanning photos.
Note
• For details on the IJ Scan Utility main screen, see IJ Scan Utility Main Screen.
Save Scanned Images Automatically
Scanned images are automatically saved to a preset folder. The folder can be changed as needed.
Note
• The default save folders are as follows.•
Windows 10/Windows 8.1:
Documents folder
Windows 7:
My Documents folder
• To change folder, see Settings Dialog Box.
Application Integration
Scanned images can be sent to other applications. For example, display scanned images in your favorite
graphics application, attach them to e-mails, or extract text from images.
311
Note
• To set the applications to integrate with, see Settings Dialog Box.
312
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan)
Auto Scan allows for automatic detection of the type of the item placed on the platen.
Important
• The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames•
(scan areas) in whole image view of ScanGear (scanner driver), and then scan again.
Photos with a whitish background
Items printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, and other unclear items
Thin items
Thick items
1.
Make sure scanner or printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Place items on platen.
2.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
3.
Start IJ Scan Utility.
3.
4. Click Auto.4.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
• Use the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog box to set where to save the scanned images and to make
advanced scan settings.
• To scan a specific item type, see the following pages.•
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scanning with Favorite Settings
313
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents or photos.
Save documents in formats such as PDF and JPEG, and photos in formats such as JPEG and TIFF.
1. Place the item on the platen.1.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
2.
Start IJ Scan Utility.
2.
3.
To specify the paper size, resolution, PDF settings, etc., click Settings..., and then set each
3.
item in the Settings dialog box.
Note
•
Once settings are made in the Settings dialog box, the same settings can be used for scanning
from the next time.
•
In the Settings dialog box, specify image processing settings such as slant correction and outline
emphasis, set the destination of the scanned images, and more, as needed.
When setting is completed, click OK.
4.
Click Document or Photo.
4.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
314
Creating/Editing PDF Files
You can create PDF files by scanning items placed on the platen. Add, delete, rearrange pages or make
other edits in the created PDF files.
Important
• You can create or edit up to 100 pages of a PDF file at one time.
• Only PDF files created or edited in IJ Scan Utility or IJ PDF Editor are supported. PDF files created or
edited in other applications are not supported.
Note
• You can also create PDF files from images saved on a computer.
• Selectable file formats are PDF, JPEG, TIFF, and PNG.
• Images whose number of pixels in the vertical or horizontal direction is 10501 or more cannot be used.
• When you select a password-protected PDF file, you must enter the password.•
Editing Password-Protected PDF Files
1. Place items on platen.1.
2. Start IJ Scan Utility.2.
3.
Click PDF Editor.
3.
IJ PDF Editor starts.
4.
To specify paper size, resolution, and other settings, click Settings... from the File menu,
4.
and then set each item in the Settings (Document Scan) dialog box.
Note
•
Once settings are made in the Settings dialog box, the same settings can be used for scanning
from the next time.
•
In the Settings dialog box, specify image processing settings such as slant correction and outline
emphasis.
When setting is completed, click OK.
315
5. Click (Scan) on Toolbar.5.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To open a file saved on the computer, click Open... from the File menu, and then select the file•
you want to edit.
• You can switch the view with the Toolbar buttons. For details, see PDF Edit Screen.•
6. Add pages as needed.6.
When scanning and adding more items:
Place items, and then click (Scan) on the Toolbar.
When adding existing images or PDF files:
Click (Add Page) on the Toolbar. After the Open dialog box appears, select the image(s) or PDF
file(s) you want to add, and then click Open.
Note
•
You can also add images or PDF files from Add Page from Saved Data... in the File menu.
•
7.
Edit pages as needed.
7.
When changing page order:
Click the page you want to move, and then click (Page Up) or (Page Down) on the Toolbar to
change the page order. You can also change the page order by dragging and dropping a page to the
target location.
316
When deleting pages:
Click the page you want to delete, and then click (Delete Page) on the Toolbar.
Note
• These buttons appear when two or more pages have been created.•
8. Select Save As... in File menu.8.
The Save dialog box appears.
9.
Specify save settings.
9.
Save Dialog Box (PDF Edit Screen)
10.
Click Save.
10.
The PDF file is saved.
Note
• When a password-protected PDF file is edited, the passwords will be deleted. Reset the•
passwords in the Save dialog box.
Setting Passwords for PDF Files
• To overwrite a saved file, click (Save) on the Toolbar.•
317
What Is ScanGear (Scanner Driver)?
ScanGear (scanner driver) is software required for scanning documents. Use the software to specify the
output size, image corrections, and other settings.
ScanGear can be started from IJ Scan Utility or applications that are compatible with the standard TWAIN
interface. (ScanGear is a TWAIN-compatible driver.)
Features
Specify the document type, output size, and other settings when scanning documents and preview scan
results. Make various correction settings or finely adjust the brightness, contrast, and other parameters to
scan in a specific color tone.
Screens
There are two modes: Basic Mode and Advanced Mode.
Switch modes with the tabs on the upper right of the screen.
Note
• ScanGear starts in the last used mode.
• Settings are not retained when you switch modes.
Basic Mode
Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following three simple on-screen steps (
, , and
).
319
Advanced Mode
Use the Advanced Mode tab to scan by specifying the color mode, output resolution, image brightness,
color tone, and other settings.
320
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
Use ScanGear (scanner driver) to make image corrections and color adjustments when scanning. Start
ScanGear from IJ Scan Utility or other applications.
Note
• If you have more than one scanner or have a network compatible model and changed the connection
from USB connection to network connection, set up the network environment.
Starting from IJ Scan Utility
1.
Start IJ Scan Utility.
1.
For details, click Home to return to the top page of the Online Manual for your model and search for
"Starting IJ Scan Utility."
2.
In IJ Scan Utility main screen, click ScanGear.
2.
The ScanGear screen appears.
Starting from Application
The procedure varies depending on the application. For details, see the application's manual.
1.
Start application.
1.
2.
On application's menu, select machine.
2.
Note
• A machine connected over a network, will have "Network" displayed after the product name.
3.
Scan document.
3.
The ScanGear screen appears.
321
Scanning in Basic Mode
Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following these simple on-screen steps.
To scan multiple documents at one time from the Platen, see Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time
with ScanGear (Scanner Driver).
When scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder), preview is not available.
Important
• The following types of documents may not be scanned correctly. In that case, click (Thumbnail)•
on the Toolbar to switch to whole image view and scan.
Photos with a whitish background
Documents printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, and other unclear documents
Thin documents
Thick documents
• The following types of documents cannot be scanned correctly.•
Documents smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square
Photos that have been cut to irregular shapes
Note
• Both sides of a two sided document can be scanned simultaneously on models with ADF duplex
scanning support.
1. Place document on machine's Platen or ADF, and then start ScanGear (scanner driver).1.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
Starting ScanGear (Scanner Driver)
2. Set Select Source to match your document.2.
322
Important
• Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, see the
application's manual.
Note
•
To scan magazines containing many color photos, select Magazine (Color).
3.
Click Preview.
3.
Preview image appears in the Preview area.
Important
• Preview is not available when scanning from the ADF.
Note
• Colors are adjusted based on the document type selected in Select Source.
4.
Set Destination.
4.
Note
•
Skip ahead to Step 7 if an ADF option is selected in Select Source.
5.
Set Output Size.
5.
Output size options vary with the selected Destination.
6.
Adjust cropping frames (scan areas) as needed.
6.
Adjust the size and position of the cropping frames on the preview image.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
323
7. Set Image corrections as needed.7.
8. Click Scan.8.
Scanning starts.
Note
• Click (Information) to display a dialog box showing the document type and other details of the
current scan settings.
• How ScanGear behaves after scanning is complete can be set from Status of ScanGear dialog after
scanning on the Scan tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Related Topic
Basic Mode Tab
324
Basic Mode Tab
Use the Basic Mode tab to scan easily by following these simple on-screen steps.
This section describes the settings and functions available on the Basic Mode tab.
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
(2) Toolbar
(3) Preview Area
Note
• The displayed items vary by document type and view.
• Preview is not available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
Select Source
Photo (Color)
Scan color photos.
Magazine (Color)
Scan color magazines.
Document (Color)
Scan documents in color.
Document (Grayscale)
Scan documents in black and white.
Document (Color) ADF Simplex
Scan documents from the ADF in color.
Document (Grayscale) ADF Simplex
Scan documents from the ADF in black and white.
326
Document (Color) ADF Duplex (only for models supporting ADF duplex scanning)
Scan both sides of documents from the ADF in color.
Document (Grayscale) ADF Duplex (only for models supporting ADF duplex scanning)
Scan both sides of documents from the ADF in black and white.
Important
• Some applications do not support continuous scanning from the ADF. For details, see the
application's manual.
Note
• When you select a document type, the unsharp mask function will be active.
• When you select an option other than the ADF types, the image adjustment function which
adjusts images based on the document type will also be active.
• When you select Magazine (Color), the descreen function will be active.
Display Preview Image
Preview
Performs a trial scan.
Note
• When using the machine for the first time, scanner calibration starts automatically. Wait a
while until the preview image appears.
Destination
Select what you want to do with the scanned image.
Print
Select this to print the scanned image on a printer.
Image display
Select this to view the scanned image on a monitor.
OCR
Select this to use the scanned image with OCR software.
327
"OCR software" is software that converts text scanned as an image into text data that can be
edited in word processors and other programs.
Output Size
Select an output size.
Output size options vary by the item selected in Destination.
Flexible
Adjust the cropping frames (scan areas) freely.
In thumbnail view:
Drag the mouse over a thumbnail to display a cropping frame. When a cropping frame is
displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. When no cropping frame is
displayed, each frame is scanned individually.
In whole image view:
When no cropping frame is displayed, the entire Preview area will be scanned. When a cropping
frame is displayed, the portion within the cropping frame will be scanned.
Paper Size (such as L or A4)
Select an output paper size. The portion within the cropping frame will be scanned at the size
of the selected paper size. Drag the cropping frame to enlarge/reduce it while maintaining the
aspect ratio.
Monitor Size (such as 1024 x 768 pixels)
Select an output size in pixels. A cropping frame of the selected monitor size will appear and the
portion within the cropping frame will be scanned. Drag the cropping frame to enlarge/reduce it
while maintaining the aspect ratio.
Add/Delete...
Displays the Add/Delete the Output Size dialog box for specifying custom output sizes. This
option can be selected when Destination is Print or Image display.
In the Add/Delete the Output Size dialog box, multiple output sizes can be specified and then
saved at one time. Saved items will be registered to the Output Size list and can be selected,
along with the predefined items.
Adding:
Enter Output Size Name, Width, and Height, and then click Add. For Unit, select inches or
mm if Destination is Print; if it is Image display, only pixels can be selected. The name of the
added size appears in Output Size List. Click Save to save the items listed in Output Size List.
328
Deleting:
Select the output size you want to delete in Output Size List, and then click Delete. Click Save
to save the items listed in Output Size List.
Important
• Predefined output sizes such as A4 and 1024 x 768 pixels cannot be deleted.
Note
• Save up to 10 items.
• An error message appears when you enter a value outside the setting range. Enter a value
within the setting range.
Note
• For details on whether or how the cropping frame initially appears on a preview image, see
Cropping Frame on Previewed Images in Preview Tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Invert aspect ratio
Available when Output Size is set to anything but Flexible.
Click this button to rotate the cropping frame. Click again to return it to the original orientation.
Adjust cropping frames
Adjust the scan area within the Preview area.
If an area is not specified, the document will be scanned at the document size (Auto Crop). If an area
is specified, only the portion in the cropping frame will be scanned.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
Image corrections
Correct the image to be scanned.
Important
• Apply Auto Document Fix and Correct fading are available when Recommended is selected
on the Color Settings tab of the Preferences dialog box.
Note
• Available functions vary by the document type selected in Select Source.
Apply Auto Document Fix
Sharpens text in a document or magazine for better readability.
Important
• Scanning may take longer than usual when this checkbox is selected.
• The color tone may change from the source image due to corrections. In that case, deselect
the checkbox and scan.
• Correction may not be applied properly if the scan area is too small.
Correct fading
Corrects photos that have faded with time or have a colorcast.
329
Correct gutter shadow
Corrects shadows that appear between pages when scanning open booklets.
Important
• Be sure to see Gutter Shadow Correction for precautions and other information on using
this function.
Color Pattern...
Adjust the image's overall color. Correct colors that have faded due to colorcast or other reasons
and reproduce natural colors while previewing color changes.
Adjusting Colors Using a Color Pattern
Important
• This setting is not available when Color Matching is selected on the Color Settings tab of
the Preferences dialog box.
Scan Image
Scan
Starts scanning.
Note
• When scanning starts, the progress appears. To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
Preferences...
Displays the Preferences dialog box for making scan/preview settings.
Close
Closes ScanGear (scanner driver).
(2) Toolbar
Adjust or rotate preview images. The buttons displayed on the Toolbar vary by view.
In thumbnail view:
In whole image view:
(Thumbnail) / (Whole Image)
Switches the view in the Preview area.
(3) Preview Area
(Rotate Left)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter-clockwise.
• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
330
• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Rotate Right)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise.
• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Auto Crop)
Displays and adjusts the cropping frame automatically to the size of the document displayed in the
Preview area. The scan area is reduced every time you click this button if there are croppable areas
within the cropping frame.
(Check All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
(Uncheck All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Deselects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
(Select All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines them in blue.
(Select All Cropping Frames)
Available when two or more cropping frames are specified.
Turns the cropping frames into thick broken lines and applies the settings to all of them.
(Remove Cropping Frame)
Removes the selected cropping frame.
(Information)
Displays the version of ScanGear, along with the document type and other details of the current scan
settings.
(Open Guide)
Opens this page.
(3) Preview Area
This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview. The results of image corrections, color
adjustments, and other settings made in
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons are also reflected.
331
When (Thumbnail) is displayed on Toolbar:
Cropping frames are specified according to the document size, and thumbnails of scanned images
appear. Only the images with the checkbox selected will be scanned.
Note
• When multiple images are previewed, different outlines indicate different selection status.•
Focus Frame (thick blue outline): The displayed settings will be applied.
Selected Frame (thin blue outline): The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and Selected
Frames simultaneously. To select multiple images, click them while pressing the Ctrl key.
Unselected (no outline): The settings will not be applied.
• Double-click a frame to enlarge the image. Click (Frame Advance) at the bottom of the
screen to display the previous or next frame. Double-click the enlarged frame again to return it to its
original state.
When (Whole Image) is displayed on Toolbar:
Items on the Platen are scanned and appear as a single image. All portions in the cropping frames will be
scanned.
332
Advanced Mode Tab
This mode allows you to make advanced scan settings such as the color mode, output resolution, image
brightness, and color tone.
This section describes the settings and functions available on the Advanced Mode tab.
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
(2) Toolbar
(3) Preview Area
Important
• The displayed items vary depending on your model, document type, and view.
• The preview function is not available when scanning from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
(1) Settings and Operation Buttons
Favorite Settings
You can name and save a group of settings (Input Settings, Output Settings, Image Settings, and
Color Adjustment Buttons) on the Advanced Mode tab, and load it as required. It is convenient to
save a group of settings if you will be using it repeatedly. You can also use this to reload the default
settings.
Select Add/Delete... from the pull-down menu to open the Add/Delete Favorite Settings dialog box.
334
Enter Setting Name and click Add; the name appears in Favorite Settings List.
When you click Save, the item appears in the Favorite Settings list and can be selected, along with
the predefined items.
To delete an item, select it in Favorite Settings List and click Delete. Click Save to save the settings
displayed in Favorite Settings List.
Note
• You can set Add/Delete... in Favorite Settings after preview.
• Save up to 10 items.
Input Settings
Specify the input settings such as the document type and size.
Output Settings
Specify the output settings such as the output resolution and size.
Image Settings
Enable/disable various image correction functions.
Color Adjustment Buttons
Fine corrections to the image brightness and color tones can be made including adjustments to the
image's overall brightness or contrast and adjustments to its highlight and shadow values (histogram)
or balance (tone curve).
Zoom
Zooms in on a frame, or zooms in on the image in the area specified with a cropping frame
(scan area). When zoomed in, Zoom changes to Undo. Click Undo to return the display to its
non-magnified state.
In thumbnail view:
When multiple images are displayed in thumbnail view, clicking this button zooms in on the selected
frame. Click (Frame Advance) at the bottom of the screen to display the previous or next
frame.
Note
• You can also zoom in on an image by double-clicking the frame. Double-click the enlarged frame
again to return it to its original state.
In whole image view:
Rescans the image in the area specified with a cropping frame at higher magnification.
335
Note
• Zoom rescans the document and displays high-resolution image in Preview.
• (Enlarge/Reduce) on the Toolbar zooms in on the preview image quickly. However, the
resolution of the displayed image will be low.
Preview
Performs a trial scan.
Scan
Starts scanning.
Note
• When scanning starts, the progress appears. To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
• When scanning is completed, a dialog box prompting you to select the next action may appear.
Follow the prompt to complete. For details, refer to Status of ScanGear dialog after scanning
in Scan Tab (Preferences dialog box).
• It will take time to process the images if the total size of the scanned images exceeds a certain
size. In that case, a warning message appears; it is recommended that you reduce the total size.
To continue, scan in whole image view.
Preferences...
Displays the Preferences dialog box for making scan/preview settings.
Close
Closes ScanGear (scanner driver).
(2) Toolbar
Adjust or rotate preview images. The buttons displayed on the Toolbar vary by view.
336
In thumbnail view:
In whole image view:
(Thumbnail) / (Whole Image)
Switches the view in the Preview area.
(3) Preview Area
(Clear)
Deletes the preview image from the Preview area.
It also resets the Toolbar and color adjustment settings.
(Crop)
Allows you to specify the scan area by dragging the mouse.
(Move Image)
Allows you to drag the image until the part you want to see is displayed when an image enlarged in
the Preview area does not fit in the screen. You can also move the image using the scroll bars.
(Enlarge/Reduce)
Allows you to zoom in on the Preview area by clicking the image. Right-click the image to zoom out.
(Rotate Left)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees counter-clockwise.
•
The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
•
The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Rotate Right)
Rotates the preview image 90 degrees clockwise.
• The result will be reflected in the scanned image.
• The image returns to its original state when you preview again.
(Auto Crop)
Displays and adjusts the cropping frame automatically to the size of the document displayed in the
Preview area. The scan area is reduced every time you click this button if there are croppable areas
within the cropping frame.
(Check All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
337
(Uncheck All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Deselects the checkboxes of the images in thumbnail view.
(Select All Frames)
Available when two or more frames are displayed.
Selects the images in thumbnail view and outlines them in blue.
(Select All Cropping Frames)
Available when two or more cropping frames are specified.
Turns the cropping frames into thick broken lines and applies the settings to all of them.
(Remove Cropping Frame)
Removes the selected cropping frame.
(Information)
Displays the version of ScanGear, along with the document type and other details of the current scan
settings.
(Open Guide)
Opens this page.
(3) Preview Area
This is where a trial image appears after you click Preview. The results of image corrections, color
adjustments, and other settings made in (1) Settings and Operation Buttons are also reflected.
When (Thumbnail) is displayed on Toolbar:
Cropping frames are specified according to the document size, and thumbnails of scanned images
appear. Only the images with the checkbox selected will be scanned.
338
Note
• When multiple images are previewed, different outlines indicate different selection status.•
Focus Frame (thick blue outline): The displayed settings will be applied.
Selected Frame (thin blue outline): The settings will be applied to the Focus Frame and Selected
Frames simultaneously. To select multiple images, click them while pressing the Ctrl key.
Unselected (no outline): The settings will not be applied.
When (Whole Image) is displayed on Toolbar:
Items on the Platen are scanned and appear as a single image. All portions in the cropping frames will be
scanned.
Note
• Create cropping frame(s) on the displayed image. In thumbnail view, one cropping frame can be•
created per image. In whole image view, multiple cropping frames can be created.
Adjusting Cropping Frames (ScanGear)
Related Topic
Scanning in Advanced Mode
Scanning Multiple Documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder) in Advanced Mode
339
General Notes (Scanner Driver)
ScanGear (scanner driver) is subject to the following restrictions. Keep these points in mind when using it.
Scanner Driver Restrictions
• When using the NTFS file system, the TWAIN data source may not be invoked. This is because the
TWAIN module cannot be written to the winnt folder for security reasons. Contact the computer's
administrator for help.
• Some computers (including laptops) connected to the machine may not resume correctly from
standby mode. In that case, restart the computer.
• Do not connect two or more scanners or multifunction printers with scanner function to the same
computer simultaneously. If multiple scanning devices are connected, you cannot scan from the
operation panelor scanner buttons of the machine and also may experience errors while accessing
the devices.
• Calibration may take time if the machine is connected via USB1.1.
• Scanning may fail if the computer has resumed from sleep or standby mode. In that case, follow these•
steps and scan again.
If your model has no power button, perform Step 2 only.
1. Turn off the machine.
2. Exit ScanGear, then disconnect the USB cable from the computer and reconnect it.
3. Turn on the machine.
If scanning still fails, restart the computer.
• ScanGear cannot be opened in multiple applications at the same time. Within an application,
ScanGear cannot be opened for the second time when it is already open.
• Be sure to close the ScanGear window before closing the application.
• When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network, the machine cannot be
accessed from multiple computers at the same time.
• When using a network compatible model by connecting to a network, scanning takes longer than
usual.
• Make sure that you have adequate disk space available when scanning large images at high
resolutions. For example, at least 300 MB of free space is required to scan an A4 document at
600 dpi in full-color.
•
ScanGear and WIA driver cannot be used at the same time.
•
Do not enter the computer into sleep or hibernate state during scanning.
Applications with Restrictions on Use
• Some applications may not display the TWAIN user interface. In that case, refer to the application's
manual and change the settings accordingly.
• Some applications do not support continuous scanning of multiple documents. In some cases, only
the first scanned image is accepted, or multiple images are scanned as one image. For such
applications, do not scan multiple documents from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder).
• To import scanned images into Microsoft Office 2000, first save them using IJ Scan Utility, then import
the saved files from the Insert menu.
340
• When scanning Platen size images into Microsoft Office 2003 (Word, Excel, PowerPoint, etc.), click
Custom Insert in the Insert Picture from Scanner or Camera screen. Otherwise, images may not
be scanned correctly.
• When scanning images into Microsoft Office 2007/Microsoft Office 2010 (Word, Excel, PowerPoint,
etc.), use Microsoft Clip Organizer.
• Images may not be scanned correctly in some applications. In that case, increase the operating
system's virtual memory and retry.
• When image size is too large (such as when scanning large images at high resolution), your computer
may not respond or the progress bar may remain at 0 % depending on the application. In that case,
cancel the action (for example by clicking Cancel on the progress bar), then increase the operating
system's virtual memory or reduce the image size/resolution and retry. Alternatively, scan the image
via IJ Scan Utility first, then save and import it into the application.
341
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
This section describes how to load originals on the platen for scanning. If items are not placed correctly they
may not be scanned correctly.
Important
• Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen. Failure to observe the•
following may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break.
Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down the
original.
• Close the document cover when scanning.
Placing Items
Place items as described below to scan by detecting the item type and size automatically.
Important
• When scanning by specifying the paper size in IJ Scan Utility or ScanGear (scanner driver), align an
upper corner of the item with the corner at the arrow (alignment mark) of the platen.
• Photos that have been cut to irregular shapes and items smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square
cannot be cropped accurately when scanning.
• Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected.
Photos, Postcards, Business Cards, and BD/DVD/CD
Magazines, Newspapers,
and Documents
Single item:
Place the item face-down on the platen, with 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between
the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen and the item. Portions placed on the
diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
Place the item face-down on
the platen and align an up-
per corner of the item with
the corner at the arrow (align-
ment mark) of the platen.
Portions placed on the diago-
nally striped area cannot be
scanned.
Important
• For the portions in which
items cannot be scan-
343
Important
•
Large items (such as A4 size photos) that cannot be placed away from the
edges/arrow (alignment mark) of the platen may be saved as PDF files. To save
in a format other than PDF, scan by specifying the data format.
Multiple items:
Allow 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between the edges (diagonally striped area) of
the platen and items, and between items. Portions placed on the diagonally striped
area cannot be scanned.
: 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more
Note
• Place up to 12 items.
• Positions of slanted items (10 degrees or less) are corrected automatically.
ned, see Loading Origi-
nals.
344
Network Scan Settings
You can connect your scanner or printer to a network to share it among multiple computers or scan images
into a specified computer.
Important
• Multiple users cannot scan at the same time.
Note
• Complete the network settings of your scanner or printer beforehand by following the instructions on our
website.
• With network connection, scanning takes longer than USB connection.
Complete the following settings to enable scanning over a network.
Specifying Your Scanner or Printer
Use IJ Network Scanner Selector EX to specify the scanner you want to use. By specifying the scanner,
you can scan over a network from your computer or the operation panel.
Important
• If the product you want to use is changed with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX, the product used for•
scanning with IJ Scan Utility changes as well. The product for scanning from the operation panel also
changes.
If your scanner or printer is not selected in IJ Scan Utility, check that it is selected with IJ Network
Scanner Selector EX.
Refer to "IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 Menu and Setting Screen" for your model from Home of
the Online Manual for details.
• To scan from the operation panel, specify your scanner or printer with IJ Network Scanner Selector
EX beforehand.
1.
Check that IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running.
1.
If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running, (IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2) appears in the
notification area on the desktop. Click to check the hidden icons as well.
Note
•
If the icon is not displayed in the notification area on the desktop, follow the procedure below to
•
start.
Windows 10:
From the Start menu, click (All apps >) Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner Selector
EX2.
Windows 8.1:
Click IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 on the Start screen.
345
If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 is not displayed on the Start screen, select the
Search charm, then search for "IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2".
Windows 7:
From the Start menu, click All Programs > Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner
Selector EX2 > IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2.
The icon appears in the notification area on the desktop, and the Scan-from-PC Settings screen
appears. In that case, skip ahead to Step 3.
2.
In the notification area on the desktop, right-click (IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2),
2.
then select Settings....
The Scan-from-PC Settings screen appears.
3.
Select your scanner or printer from Scanners.
3.
Normally, the MAC address of your scanner or printer is already selected after the network setup. In
that case, you do not need to select it again.
Important
• If multiple scanners exist on the network, multiple model names appear. In that case, you can
select one scanner per model.
4. Click OK.4.
Note
• The scanner selected in the Scan-from-PC Settings screen will be automatically selected in the
Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings screen as well.
Setting for Scanning with IJ Scan Utility
To scan from IJ Scan Utility using a scanner or printer connected to a network, specify your scanner or
printer with IJ Network Scanner Selector EX, then follow the steps below to change the connection status
between it and the computer.
1.
Start IJ Scan Utility.
1.
2.
Select "Canon XXX series Network" (where "XXX" is the model name) for Product
2.
Name.
3.
Click Settings... to use another scanner connected to a network.
3.
4.
Click (General Settings), then click Select in Product Name.
4.
The Scan-from-PC Settings screen of IJ Network Scanner Selector EX appears.
Select the scanner you want to use and click OK.
346
5. In the Settings (General Settings) dialog box, click OK.5.
The IJ Scan Utility main screen reappears. You can scan via a network connection.
Setting for Scanning from the Operation Panel
You can make the setting for scanning from the operation panel.
Important
• Set IJ Scan Utility to use your scanner or printer via a network connection beforehand.•
Setting for Scanning with IJ Scan Utility
1.
Check that IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running.
1.
If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX is running, (IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2) appears in the
notification area on the desktop. Click to check the hidden icons as well.
Note
• If the icon is not displayed in the notification area on the desktop, follow the procedure below to•
start.
Windows 10:
From the Start menu, click (All apps >) Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner Selector
EX2.
Windows 8.1:
Click IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 on the Start screen.
If IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2 is not displayed on the Start screen, select the
Search charm, then search for "IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2".
Windows 7:
From the Start menu, click All Programs > Canon Utilities > IJ Network Scanner
Selector EX2 > IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2.
The icon appears in the notification area on the desktop, and the Scan-from-PC Settings screen
appears. In that case, skip ahead to Step 3.
2.
In the notification area on the desktop, right-click (IJ Network Scanner Selector EX2),
2.
then select Settings....
The Scan-from-PC Settings screen appears.
3.
Click Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings.
3.
The Scan-from-Operation-Panel Settings screen appears.
4.
Select your scanner or printer from Scanners and click OK.
4.
347
Select the MAC address of your scanner or printer.
Note
•
When multiple scanners are connected via a network, you can select up to three scanners.
5.
In the Scan-from-PC Settings screen, click OK.
5.
Note
• If your scanner or printer does not appear, check the following, click OK to close the screen, then•
reopen it and try selecting again.
MP Drivers is installed
Network settings of your scanner or printer is completed after installing the MP Drivers
Network communication between your scanner or printer and computer is enabled
If the problem is still not solved, see Network Communication Problems.
348
Scanning from Computer (macOS)
Scanning According to Item Type or Purpose (IJ Scan Utility Lite)
IJ Scan Utility Lite Features
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan) Basics
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scanning Tips
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
Important
• Available functions and settings vary depending on your scanner or printer.
349
IJ Scan Utility Lite Features
Use IJ Scan Utility Lite to scan and save documents, photos, or other items at one time by simply clicking
the corresponding icon.
Important
• The displayed items and available functions vary depending on your scanner or printer.
Multiple Scanning Modes
Auto allows for one click scanning with default settings for various items. Document will sharpen text in a
document or magazine for better readability, and Photo is best suited for scanning photos.
Note
• For details on the IJ Scan Utility Lite main screen, see IJ Scan Utility Lite Main Screen.
Save Scanned Images Automatically
Scanned images are automatically saved to a preset folder. The folder can be changed as needed.
Note
• The default save folder is the Pictures folder.
• For how to specify a folder, see Settings Dialog.
Application Integration
Scanned images can be sent to other applications. For example, display scanned images in your favorite
graphics application, attach them to e-mails, or extract text from images.
351
Note
• To set the applications to integrate with, see Settings Dialog.
352
Scanning Easily (Auto Scan)
Auto Scan allows for automatic detection of the type of the item placed on the platen or ADF (Auto
Document Feeder).
Important
• This function is not supported depending on your model.•
• The following types of items may not be scanned correctly. In that case, adjust the cropping frames•
(selection boxes; scan areas) in the screen displayed by clicking Driver in the IJ Scan Utility Lite main
screen, and then scan again.
Photos with a whitish background
Items printed on white paper, hand-written text, business cards, and other unclear items
Thin items
Thick items
• When scanning two or more documents from the ADF, place documents of the same size.
1. Check that scanner or printer is turned on.1.
2. Place items on platen or ADF.2.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
3.
Start IJ Scan Utility Lite.
3.
4. Click Auto.4.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
• Use the Settings (Auto Scan) dialog to set where to save the scanned images and to make advanced
scan settings.
• To scan a specific item type, see the following pages.•
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scanning with Favorite Settings
353
Scanning Multiple Documents at One Time from the ADF (Auto Document Feeder)
354
Scanning Documents and Photos
Scan items placed on the platen with settings suitable for documents or photos.
Save documents in formats such as PDF and JPEG, and photos in formats such as JPEG and TIFF.
1. Place the item on the platen.1.
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
2.
Start IJ Scan Utility Lite.
2.
3.
To specify the paper size, resolution, PDF settings, etc., click Settings..., and then set each
3.
item in the Settings dialog.
Note
•
Once settings are made in the Settings dialog, the same settings can be used for scanning from
the next time.
•
In the Settings dialog, specify image processing settings such as slant correction, set where to
save the scanned images, and more, as needed.
When setting is completed, click OK.
4.
Click Document or Photo.
4.
Scanning starts.
Note
• To cancel the scan, click Cancel.
355
Positioning Originals (Scanning from Computer)
This section describes how to load originals on the platen or ADF (Auto Document Feeder) for scanning. If
items are not placed correctly they may not be scanned correctly.
Important
• Be sure to observe the following when loading the original on the platen. Failure to observe the•
following may cause the scanner to malfunction or the platen glass to break.
Do not place any objects weighing 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass.
Do not put any pressure of 4.4 lb (2.0 kg) or more on the platen glass, such as pressing down the
original.
• Close the document cover when scanning.
• Do not touch the operation panel buttons or LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) when opening/closing the
document cover. May result in unintended operation.
• When using a personal scanner in the upright position, the item type may not be detected automatically.
In that case, specify the item type in IJ Scan Utility and scan.
Placing Items (Platen)
Placing Documents (ADF (Auto Document Feeder))
Placing Items (When Using Stand)
Placing Items (Platen)
Place items as described below to scan by detecting the item type and size automatically.
Important
• Depending on your model, the function to scan by automatically detecting the item type and size does
not appear.
• When scanning by specifying the paper size, align an upper corner of the item with the corner at the
arrow (alignment mark) of the platen.
• Photos that have been cut to irregular shapes and items smaller than 1.2 inches (3 cm) square
cannot be cropped accurately when scanning.
• Reflective disc labels may not be scanned as expected.
•
If scanned by detecting the item type and size automatically, the response may differ. In that case,
adjust the cropping frame (selection box) manually.
Photos, Postcards, Business Cards, and BD/DVD/CD
Magazines, Newspapers, and
Documents
Place the item face-down on the
platen and align an upper corner of
the item with the corner at the ar-
row (alignment mark) of the platen.
357
Single item:
Place the item face-down on the platen, with 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space be-
tween the edges (diagonally striped area) of the platen and the item. Portions
placed on the diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
Important
•
Large items (such as A4 size photos) that cannot be placed away from the
edges/arrow (alignment mark) of the platen may be saved as PDF files. To
save in a format other than PDF, scan by specifying the data format.
Multiple items:
Allow 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more space between the edges (diagonally striped
area) of the platen and items, and between items. Portions placed on the
diagonally striped area cannot be scanned.
: 0.4 inch (1 cm) or more
Note
•
In IJ Scan Utility Lite, place up to 12 items.
•
Positions of slanted items (10 degrees or less) are corrected automatically.
Portions placed on the diagonally
striped area cannot be scanned.
Important
•
Inkjet All-In-One printer:
•
For the portions in which
items cannot be scanned,
click Home to return to the
top page of the Online Manual
for your model and search for
"Loading Originals."
•
Personal scanner:
•
For the portions in which
items cannot be scanned,
click Home to return to the
top page of the Online Manual
for your model and search for
"Items You Can Place & How
to Place Items."
Placing Documents (ADF (Auto Document Feeder))
Important
• Place and align documents of the same size when scanning two or more documents.
• For supported document sizes when scanning from the ADF, click Home to return to the top page of
the Online Manual for your model and search for "Supported Originals."
358
1. Make sure any original has been removed from platen.1.
2. Open document tray (A).2.
3.
Slide the document guide (B) all the way out.
3.
4. Load document with side to scan facing up in document tray.4.
Insert the document until it stops.
5.
Adjust document guide to match width of document.
5.
Do not slide the document guide too hard against the document. The document may not be fed
properly.
359
Note
• When scanning duplex documents, place the front sides facing up. They will not be scanned correctly
if placed the other way around.
Placing Items (When Using Stand)
1.
Place item on platen.
1.
1. Open the document cover.1.
2. Place the item with the side to scan facing the platen, and then align it with the alignment2.
mark.
Important
•
If you open the document cover wide, the scanner may fall over.
•
Portions placed over (A) (0.094 inch (2.4 mm) from the left edge of the platen) or (B) (0.106 inch
•
(2.7 mm) from the front edge) cannot be scanned.
2.
Gently close document cover.
2.
360
While scanning, hold the document cover gently with your hand to keep it closed.
Important
•
Keep these points in mind when using the scanner in the upright position.
Do not subject the scanner to vibration during operation. The correct image results may not
be obtained (for example, images may blur).
The item type may not be detected automatically. In that case, specify the item type in IJ
Scan Utility and scan.
361
Network
Cannot Find Printer on Network (Windows/macOS)
Network Key (Password) Unknown
For other questions about network, click here.
Print
Printer Does Not Print
Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding Colors/Streaks or Lines
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed
Cannot Find Printer on Network
Installation
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows)
Error
Four-Digit Alphanumeric Characters Appear on LCD
When Error Occurred
Message (Support Code) Appears
Repairing Your Printer
Frequently Asked Questions
Solve Problems
Printer Does Not Work
Printer Does Not Turn On
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
Wrong Language Appears in LCD
LCD Is Off
USB Connection Problems
Printer Does Not Print
Printing (Copying) Stops
Cannot Print Using AirPrint
Ink Does Not Come Out
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed
Printer Does Not Pick up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
Scanning Problems (Windows)
Scanning Problems (macOS)
Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (Windows)
Scan Results Are Unsatisfactory (macOS)
Cannot Print (Scan) from Smartphone/Tablet
362
Cannot Set Correctly (Network)
Cannot Find Printer on Network
Manually Solved Network Troubles
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Forgot Administrator Password of Printer
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Checking Network Information of Printer
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Cannot Set Correctly (Installation)
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows)
Updating MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in Network Environment (Windows)
Error or Message Appears
Four-Digit Alphanumeric Characters Appear on LCD
When Error Occurred
Message (Support Code) Appears
List of Support Code for Error
Error Message Appears on PictBridge (Wi-Fi) Compliant Device
IJ Scan Utility Error Messages (Windows)
IJ Scan Utility Lite Error Messages (macOS)
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Error Messages (Windows)
Operation Problems
Network Communication Problems
Printing Problems
Problems While Printing (Scanning) from Smartphone/Tablet
Scanning Problems (Windows)
Scanning Problems (macOS)
Mechanical Problems
Installation and Download Problems
Errors and Messages
If You Cannot Solve a Problem
Repairing Your Printer
Check the State of the Print Head
363
Network FAQ
Here are frequently asked questions on network. Select a connection method you are using, or you want to
use.
Wireless LAN
Wireless Direct
Wireless LAN
Cannot Find Printer
Cannot Find Printer on Network
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find Printer Connected via USB)
Searching Printer by IP Address or Host Name During Setup
Detect Same Printer Name
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices
Cannot Print or Connect
Manually Solved Network Troubles
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or Changed Router Settings
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy WL connect
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
Cannot Find Printer on Network
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Forgot Administrator Password of Printer
Checking Network Information of Printer
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Checking Wireless Router SSID/Key
Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet
Privacy Separator/SSID Separator/Network Separation Function
Default Network Settings
Printing Network Settings
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices
Checking Status Code
Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
Connecting Printer and Wireless Router Using Easy WL connect
Cannot Connect Smartphone/Tablet to Wireless Router
Checking Wireless Router Network Name (SSID) for Smartphone/Tablet
Setting Up Using Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print (Scan) from Smartphone/Tablet
364
Downloading Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Cannot Find Printer on Network
Wireless Direct
Cannot Print or Connect
Manually Solved Network Troubles
Cannot Find Printer on Network
LAN Setting Tips/Changing LAN Settings
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Forgot Administrator Password of Printer
Checking Network Information of Printer
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Default Network Settings
Switching Printer's Connection to Network or Terminal Devices
Printing Network Settings
Checking Status Code
Printing/Scanning from Smartphone/Tablet
Cannot Print (Scan) from Smartphone/Tablet
Downloading Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY
Problems while Using Printer
Message Appears on Computer During Setup
Cannot Find Printer on Network
365
Cannot Find Printer on Network
In the following cases, set up the printer again.
• When you buy a new computer or wireless router•
• When you change the settings on your wireless router•
• When the connection method (Wi-Fi / USB) of the printer is changed•
• When you forget the administrator password of the printer•
From the Setup menu screen, select Device settings > Reset setting > All data to reset the
administrator password to the default setting, and then redo setup.
Reset setting
For more on the setup procedure, click here.
In Other Cases Than Above:
If the printer suddenly stops working, even though you have not changed the settings of the device or
network to which it is connected, or if you cannot find the printer during the setup process, check and
solve the problem, using IJ Network Device Setup Utility. After the condition improves, redo the setup of
the printer.
IJ Network Device Setup Utility is a powerful solution tool for network problems.
Step1
Check the environment and network settings for the solution tool.
Step2
Download and install the solution tool.
Step3
If the solution tool does not solve the problem.
Step1 : Check Basic Items for Network
Check1
Check power status.
Check your printer and the network device (wireless router, etc.) are turned on.
If you are in the process of setting up, interrupt it and check if the wireless router (modem) is turned on and then
check if the printer is turned on.
1. Check if network device such as router is turned on.1.
If network devices are not turned on, turn on the power. If the network devices are on, turn them off
and on again.
It may take a while for the network device to become ready for use once they are turned on.
Proceed once the network device such as router is ready for use.
2. Check if printer is turned on2.
If printer is not turned on, turn on the power. If the printer is on, turn it off and on again.
368
Proceed once you complete checking the power status above.
Check2
Check PC network connection.
If your computer and network devices (wireless router, etc.) are fully configured, your computer is ready to
connect to the network.
1.
Check the settings of the network device (wireless router, etc.).
1.
Connect to the Internet and see if you can browse any web page. If you cannot view web pages on
your computer, check wireless router network connection settings, such as IP address filtering, MAC
address filtering, and DHCP function.
To check the network name (SSID) of the wireless router the printer is connected to, print the network
settings.
Printing Network Settings
Note
•
Depending on the wireless router, note that different network name (SSID) is assigned for a
•
bandwidth (2.4 GHz or 5 GHz) or its usage (for PC or game machine), using alphanumeric
characters at the end of network name (SSID).
• For more on checking the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual•
supplied with the wireless router or contact the manufacturer.
If you use an encryption key, specify it for the network name (SSID) you are using. For details, see
Setting an Encryption Key.
2.
Check PC network connection.
2.
For the procedures, refer to the instruction manual supplied with the computer, or contact the
manufacturer.
Once you complete setting up the wireless router and your computer, configure the settings on your computer in
order to view web pages, using the information of the wireless router.
Proceed once you complete checking the network connection above.
Check3
Check printer's Wi-Fi settings.
Make sure the
or icon is displayed on the LCD when COPY button, SCAN
button, or Setup button is pressed.
If icon is not displayed:
The printer is not set to use Wi-Fi. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
If icon is displayed:
icon indicates that the wireless router and the printer are not connected. Reconsider the locations of the
wireless router and the printer. Also, revisit the location of the wireless router and printer at the next check.
Note
• To connect manually, see WPS (PIN Code) Connection.•
369
• If the measures above do not resolve the problem, make sure the DHCP of the wireless router is enabled.•
For details, see the instruction manual supplied with the wireless router or contact the manufacturer.
Check4
Check location of wireless router.
Make sure the printer is not placed too far away from the wireless router.
The printer can be up 50 m (164 ft.) from the wireless router indoors if unobstructed. Make sure the printer is
close enough to the wireless router to be used.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due
to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Step2 : Solve Problems, Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Diagnose and repair the network connections using IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
Download IJ Network Device Setup Utility from the below page, and install it on your computer.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Refer to below in regard to starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
• For Windows:•
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
• For macOS:•
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Step3 : Check Other Network-related Items
Check1
Make sure Enable bidirectional support is selected in Ports sheet of Printer
properties dialog box. (Windows)
If not, select it to enable the bidirectional support.
Check2
Make sure security software's firewall is off.
If your security software's firewall is on, a message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting to
access the network. If this warning message appears, set security software to always allow access.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings. Some programs
use a firewall by default.
Check3
If printer is connected to AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you use
alphanumeric characters for network name (SSID). (macOS)
Check4
Solve network troubles manually.
370
Cannot Proceed Beyond Printer Connection Screen (Cannot Find
Printer Connected via USB)
If you cannot proceed beyond the Printer Connection screen, check the following.
Check1
Make sure USB cable is securely plugged in to printer and computer.
Connect the printer and the computer using a USB cable as the illustration below. The USB port is located at the
back of the printer.
Important
•
Check the orientation of the "Type-B" connector and connect to the printer. For details, refer to the
instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.
Check2
Follow procedure below to connect printer and computer again.
Important
•
For macOS, make sure the lock icon is on the lower left of the Printers & Scanners screen.
•
If the icon (locked) is displayed, click the icon to unlock. (The administrator name and the password
are necessary to unlock.)
1. Unplug USB cable from printer and computer and connect it again.1.
2. Make sure no printer operation is in progress and turn off.2.
3.
Turn on printer.
3.
Check3
Follow the steps below to install MP Drivers (Printer Driver) again.
1. Download the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver).1.
372
2. Turn off printer.2.
3. Shut down computer.3.
After shutting down, restart your computer and install the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver)
downloaded in step 1.
373
Network Key (Password) Unknown
Use the IJ Network Device Setup Utility to diagnose and repair network status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
• For Windows:•
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
• For macOS:•
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
If the problem persists after diagnosis and repair with IJ Network Device Setup Utility, check the following
items.
WPA/WPA2 or WEP Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot Connect
Setting an Encryption Key
WPA/WPA2 or WEP Key Set for Wireless Router Unknown, Cannot
Connect
For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router.
Setting an Encryption Key
For more on setting up a wireless router, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or
contact its manufacturer. Make sure your computer can communicate with the wireless router.
Selecting WPA, WPA2, or WPA/WPA2 is recommended for security reason. If your wireless router is
compatible with WPA/WPA2, you can also use WPA2 or WPA.
• Using WPA/WPA2 (Windows)•
The authentication method, Wi-Fi password, and dynamic encryption type must be identical among
the wireless router, the printer, and your computer.
Enter the Wi-Fi password configured on the wireless router.
375
Either TKIP (basic encryption) or AES (secure encryption) is selected automatically as the dynamic
encryption method.
For details, see If WPA/WPA2 Details Screen Appears.
Note
• This printer supports WPA/WPA2-PSK (WPA/WPA2-Personal) and WPA2-PSK (WPA2-
Personal).
• Using WEP•
The length or format of the Wi-Fi password and authentication method must be identical among the
wireless router, the printer, and your computer.
To communicate with a wireless router that generates a password automatically, you must set the
printer to use the password generated by the wireless router.
◦ For Windows:◦
When the WEP Details screen appears after you click Search... on the Network Settings (Wi-Fi)
screen in IJ Network Device Setup Utility, follow the on-screen instructions to set the password
length, format, and the password to use.
For details, see If WEP Details Screen Appears.
Note
• If the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via LAN:•
If the printer is connected to an AirPort Base Station via a LAN, check the settings in Wireless
Security of AirPort Utility.
Select 64 bit if WEP 40 bit is selected for password length in AirPort Base Station.
Select 1 for the password to use. Otherwise, computer will not be able to communicate with
printer via the wireless router.
376
Printer Cannot Be Used After Replacing Wireless Router or
Changed Router Settings
When you replace a wireless router, redo the network setup for the printer according to the replaced one.
Click here and perform setup.
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.•
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
If this does not solve the problem, see below.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on
Wireless Router
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After Changing Encryption Type at Wireless
Router
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address
Filtering or Encryption Key on Wireless Router
Check1
Check wireless router setting.
To check the wireless router setting, see the instruction manual provided with the wireless router or contact its
manufacturer. Make sure the computer and the wireless router can communicate with each other under this
setting.
Check2
If filtering MAC addresses or IP addresses at wireless router, check that MAC
addresses or IP addresses for computer, network device, and printer are registered.
377
Check3
If using WPA/WPA2 key or a password, make sure encryption key for
computer, network device, and printer matches key set for wireless router.
The length or format of the Wi-Fi password and authentication method must be identical among the wireless
router, the printer, and your computer.
For details, see
Setting an Encryption Key.
With Encryption On, Cannot Communicate with Printer After
Changing Encryption Type at Wireless Router
If you change the encryption type for the printer and it subsequently cannot communicate with the
computer, make sure the encryption type for the computer and the wireless router matches the type set
for the printer.
Cannot Communicate with Printer After Enabling MAC/IP Address Filtering or Encryption Key on
Wireless Router
378
Manually Solved Network Troubles
Cannot Find Printer on Network/Cannot Printing
Cannot Connect to Printer through Wireless Direct
Cannot Find Printer on Network/Cannot Printing
Printing Out Network Settings Information:
Follow the procedure below to print out the network settings information.
Step1
Check that printer and wireless router are turned on.
Turn the wireless router back on.
Wait about five minutes and then turn the printer back on.
Step2
Check your devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) are connected to
Internet.
Make sure that devices and the wireless router are connected to via Wi-Fi or wired LAN, and that the Internet
can be used without problems.
Step3
Check that Wi-Fi setting of your printer is enabled.
When your printer has an LCD, make sure the icon indicating Wi-Fi is displayed. Wi-Fi setting is enabled
on the default network settings.
Step4
Move printer and various devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet) close to
wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and devices and the wireless router is too far, the communication quality is
poor. Place the printer and devices closer to the wireless router.
Step5
Print out network settings information
Print out the network settings information on your printer.
Printing Network Settings
Checking Printed Network Settings Information:
From the network settings information printed in Printing Network Settings, check the entries in items "2-1"
and "2-2"
Select a combination of "2-2 Result Codes" : "2-1 Diagnostic Result" from the list below and take the
indicated action.
380
C-0 : There is no problem
If the printer is not found on the network or printing is not possible even though it is written as "There is no
problem", check the following check items.
Note
• If codes other than "C-0" are displayed at the same time in the item "2-2 Result Codes" see also the•
correspondence of the other codes.
• If "Not connect to the network" is shown, check the item "2-2 Result Codes" and take action according•
to the code displayed.
Check1
Check that security software's firewall is off.
A message may appear warning you that Canon software is attempting to access the network. If this warning
message appears, set the security software to always allow access.
Quit the security software and make sure that the printer is recognized and ready to use. If so, the cause is
the firewall setting. Change the firewall settings so that the printer is recognized and ready to use. For details,
contact the manufacturer of the security software.
If you are using any programs that switch between network environments, check their settings. Some programs
use a firewall by default.
Check2
Does network name (SSID) of printer match network name (SSID) setting of
wireless router that communicates?
Check the "3-2-6 SSID" item in the printed network settings information and the network name (SSID) of the
wireless router you want to connect to. If they are not matched, check the SSID and password of the wireless
router you want to connect to, and then setup manually.
Check3
Is printer connected to game-specific SSID (WEP only security) of wireless
router?
Do not connect to the game-specific SSID.
Check4
Is privacy separator, SSID separator, or Network separation function enabled
on wireless router?
If it is enabled, disable these functions before performing the setup. To check the settings of the wireless
router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its manufacturer.
Check5
If MP Drivers (Printer Driver) are not installed, install them. (Windows)
Click here and install the MP Drivers (Printer Driver).
C-1 : Not connected to the network
The printer's Wi-Fi setting is disabled. (You can also check if the Wi-Fi icon
does not appear on the
printer's screen, or if "Disable" is marked in the "3-2 Infrastructure" section of the printed network settings
information.)
Enable the Wi-Fi setting in the printer's settings screen.
381
C-3 : Not connected to the network
No IP address is assigned. (You can also check that the item "3-2-12 IP-Address" in the printed network
settings information is blank.)
Check the following items.
Check1
Is printer set to obtain an IP address automatically, or is wireless router
requesting manual addressing?
Refer to the wireless router's manual to enable DHCP (auto-acquisition) settings on the wireless router or to set
a valid IP address on the printer.
Check2
When you set printer's IP address manually, correct IP address may not be
set.
Check the network name (SSID) and the password of the wireless router you want to connect to, the IP
address applicable range, and then enter the appropriate IP address on the printer side. If you are unsure, set
the printer's IP address to automatic (DHCP).
C-5 : Not connected to the network
Unable to connect to the specified network. Check the following items.
Check1
Check status of printer and network device (e.g. wireless router) and your
computer/smartphone/tablet.
Use 2.4 GHz frequency band to communicate with this printer and a wireless router. A typical wireless router
can use the 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz frequency bands. In many cases, each frequency band is assigned a different
network name (SSID). Verify the network name (SSID) and password for the frequency band you connect to.
Match the network name (SSID) set for the printer with that for 2.4 GHz frequency band of the wireless router.
Check2
Password on your wireless router may not match password you entered.
Passwords are case sensitive.
Enter the password correctly.
Check3
Monitor signal status and move printer and wireless router as necessary.
• Monitor the signal status and move the printer and the wireless router as necessary.
• Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless
communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor.
• Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer
cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in
the same room.
• After changing the installation location, print out the network settings information again and check the
status of the signal. Compare with the value in section "3-2-1 Signal Strength" in the printed network
settings information to determine the installation location.
Check4
Check wireless channel number of Wi-Fi you are using on computer.
382
Make sure that the wireless channel number on the wireless router is included in the wireless channel number
you checked. If the wireless channel number set for the wireless router is not included, change the wireless
channel number of the wireless router.
Check5
In case of Wi-Fi connection, check if computer that can be accessed by
wireless router is restricted.
The wireless router settings may be limiting the number of devices that can be connected at the same time.
Remove or relax the restrictions.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
Note
•
To check the MAC address or IP address of your computer, see Checking Computer IP Address or MAC
Address.
Check6
If problem occurs only when wireless router is in energy-saving mode, turn off
energy-saving mode of wireless router.
Sudden problems include the need to update wireless router's firmware (key update interval, many of the
DHCP update interval matching problems). For details, refer to the wireless router's instruction manual.
Check7
If printer is connected to AirPort Base Station via LAN, make sure you use
alphanumeric characters for network name (SSID). (macOS)
Important
• If "There is a problem in the settings/environment" is listed, check item "2-2 Result Codes" and take•
action according to the listed code.
C-4 : There is a problem in the settings/environment
No default gateway is set.
When you set the IP address of the printer manually, enter a valid default gateway IP address. If you don't
know the default gateway, set the IP address to automatic.
C-7 : There is a problem in the settings/environment
There may be a problem with the signal.
Check the following items.
Check
Monitor signal status and move printer and wireless router as necessary.
• Monitor the signal status and move the printer and the wireless router as necessary.
• Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless
communication between different rooms or floors is generally poor.
• Wireless communication can be impeded by building materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer
cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due to a wall, place the printer and the computer in
the same room.
383
• After changing the installation location, print out the network settings information again and check the
status of the signal. Compare with the value in section "3-2-1 Signal Strength" in the printed network
settings information and place the printer in the location with a higher value.
Note
• In some cases, "C-7" and "C-9" are displayed at the same time. In that case, refer to both items.
C-8 : There is a problem in the settings/environment
Too many clients are connected.
A total of five devices can be simultaneously connected to the printer's wireless direct.
If you want to connect additional devices to the printer, unplug any devices that are not in use before
adding them.
C-9 : There is a problem in the settings/environment
The noise level is high and does not differ from the signal level due to various devices other than the
printer.
• If devices (microwave oven, external hard disk drive, and other USB 3.0 devices) that emit radio waves
of the same frequency bandwidth as a wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the
printer and the wireless router as far away from interference sources as possible.
• After you change the location of the printer, check the signal quality. Compare the value of "3-2-2 Link
Quality" in the network settings information and place the printer in the location with a higher value.
Note
• In some cases, "C-7" and "C-9" are displayed at the same time. In that case, refer to both items.
C-10 : There is a problem in the settings/environment
No IP address is assigned by the wireless router.
Check the following items.
Check1
Password on your wireless router may not match password you entered.
Passwords are case sensitive.
Enter the password correctly.
Check2
Set up printer again and reconnect to Wi-Fi.
Check3
Check DHCP on wireless router. If DHCP is off, set it on.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
C-11 : There is a problem in the settings/environment
• The network name (SSID) remains the default value.
• The network name (SSID) has not been set.
Verify the network name (SSID) and password of the wireless router you want to connect to, and then set it
up manually.
384
Note
• IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.•
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Cannot Connect to Printer through Wireless Direct
Check1
Check power status of printer and other devices (e.g. computer/smartphone/
tablet).
Turn on the printer or devices.
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
Check2
Check settings of your device (e.g. computer/smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to the device's instruction manual.
Check3
Print out network settings information.
See "Step1" to "Step5" in Cannot Find Printer on Network/Cannot Printing.
In the printed network settings information, check if the items "2-1 Diagnostic Result" and "2-2 Result Codes"
are not "There is a problem in the settings/environment" and "C-8". If this is the case, the number of connected
printers is too many.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
When you want to connect additional devices, disconnect any devices that are not in use before adding them.
Check4
Check that printer is selected as connection for various devices (e.g.
computer/smartphone/tablet).
Select the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer as the connection destination for
devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
385
To check the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer, display it using the operation
panel of the printer or print out the network settings information of the printer.
• Display on the LCD.•
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.
•
Printing Network Settings
Check5
Check that Wireless Direct password set for printer is entered correctly.
To check the password specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out
the network settings information of the printer.
•
Display on the LCD.
•
LAN settings
•
Print the network settings.
•
Printing Network Settings
Check6
Check that printer is not placed too far away from device.
If the distance between the printer and the device is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place the
printer and the device close to each other.
386
Checking Network Information of Printer
Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the Wireless Router
Checking Network Setting Information
Checking Printer IP Address or MAC Address
To check the printer's IP Address or MAC address, print out the network settings information.
Printing Network Settings
For Windows, you can check the network setting information on the computer screen.
Canon IJ Network Device Setup Utility Screen
Checking Computer IP Address or MAC Address
To check the IP Address or MAC address of your computer, follow the instructions below.
• For Windows:•
1. Select Command Prompt from Start.1.
2. Enter "ipconfig/all" and press Enter.2.
The IP address and MAC address of your computer appear. If your computer is not connected to a
network, the IP address does not appear.
• For macOS:•
1.
Select System Preferences from Apple menu, and then click Network.
1.
2.
Make sure network interface used by computer is selected, and then click Advanced.
2.
Make sure Wi-Fi is selected as network interface.
3.
Click TCP/IP to check the IP address, or click Hardware to check the MAC address.
3.
387
Checking Communication Between the Computer, the Printer, and the
Wireless Router
Perform a ping test to check if communication is taking place.
• For Windows:•
1.
Select Command Prompt from Start.
1.
2.
Type the ping command and press Enter.
2.
The ping command is as follows: ping XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.
If communication is taking place, a message like the one shown below appears.
Reply from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: bytes=32 time=10ms TTL=255
If Request timed out appears, communication is not taking place.
• For macOS:•
1.
Start Network Utility as shown below.
1.
Select Computer from Go menu of Finder, double-click Macintosh HD > System > Library >
CoreServices > Applications > Network Utility.
2.
Click Ping.
2.
3. Make sure Send only XX pings (XX are numbers) is selected.3.
4. Enter IP address of target printer or target wireless router in Enter the network4.
address to ping.
5.
Click Ping.
5.
"XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX" is the IP address of the target device.
A message such as the following appears.
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=0 ttl=64 time=3.394 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=1.786 ms
64 bytes from XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=1.739 ms
--- XXX.XXX.XXX.XXX ping statistics ---
3 packets transmitted, 3 packets received, 0% packet loss
If "100% packet loss" appears, communication is not taking place. Otherwise, computer is
communicating with target device.
388
Restoring to Factory Defaults
Important
• Initialization erases all network settings on the printer, making printing (scanning) operation from a•
computer over a network impossible. To use the printer over a network again after restoring it to the
factory defaults, click here and redo setup.
Initialize the network setting using the printer's operation panel.
Reset setting
390
Cannot Print (Scan) from Smartphone/Tablet
If you cannot Print (Scan) from your smartphone/tablet, it is possible that your smartphone/tablet cannot
communicate with the printer.
Check the cause of your problem according to the connection method.
Cannot Communicate with Printer via Wi-Fi
Cannot Communicate with Printer while It Is in Wireless Direct
Note
• For problems on printing with other connection methods or more on performing settings of each•
connection method:
Using PIXMA/MAXIFY Cloud Link
Printing from iOS Device (AirPrint)
Cannot Communicate with Printer via Wi-Fi
If your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the printer, check the following.
Check1
Check power status of printer, network devices (e.g. wireless router), and
your smartphone/tablet.
•
Turn on the printer or your device.
•
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
•
It may be necessary to resolve wireless router problems (e.g. update interval of a key, problems of DHCP
update interval, energy saving mode) or to update the wireless router firmware.
For details, contact the manufacturer of your wireless router.
Check2
Check settings of your smartphone/tablet.
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check3
Is printer connected to wireless router?
•
Use the icon on the LCD to check the connection status between the printer and wireless router.
•
icon is displayed, when COPY button, SCAN button, or Setup button is pressed.
If the icon is not displayed, Wi-Fi is disabled. Turn on wireless communication on the printer.
•
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key (password), etc.)
•
are identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of the wireless router, refer to the instruction manual provided with it or contact its
manufacturer.
To check the current network settings of the printer, print out the network setting information of the
printer.
392
Printing Network Settings
Note
• If you have a computer, IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network•
status.
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check4
Are network settings of your smartphone/tablet identical with those of wireless
router?
Make sure the network settings of the printer (e.g. network name (SSID) or network key password) are
identical with those of the wireless router.
To check the settings of your smartphone/tablet, refer to the instruction manual provided with it.
If the network settings of your smartphone/tablet are not identical with those of the wireless router, change the
network settings of it to match with those of the wireless router.
Check5
Check that printer is not placed too far away from wireless router.
If the distance between the printer and wireless router is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place
the printer and wireless router close to each other.
Check6
Check that wireless signal is strong. Monitor signal status and move printer
and wireless router as necessary.
Place the printer and wireless router where there are no obstacles between them. Wireless communication
between different rooms or floors is generally poor. Wireless communication can be impeded by building
materials containing metal or concrete. If the printer cannot communicate with the computer over a Wi-Fi due
to a wall, place the printer and the computer in the same room.
In addition, if a device like a microwave oven that emits radio waves of the same frequency bandwidth as a
wireless router is nearby, it may cause interference. Place the wireless router as far away from interference
sources as possible.
Check the signal strength on the LCD.
LCD and Operation Panel
Cannot Communicate with Printer while It Is in Wireless Direct
393
If your smartphone/tablet cannot communicate with the printer in the Wireless Direct, check the following.
Check1
Check power status of printer and device (e.g. smartphone/tablet).
Turn on the printer or your device.
If the power is already turned on, cycle the power switch.
Check2
Is Wireless Direct enabled?
From the Setup menu screen, select Device settings > LAN settings > Wireless Direct > Switch WL
Direct in this order and select Yes.
Check3
Check settings of device (e.g. smartphone/tablet).
Make sure Wi-Fi is enabled on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual.
Check4
Check that printer is selected as connection for devices (e.g. smartphone/
tablet).
Select the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer as the connection destination for
devices.
Check the destination on your device.
For details, refer to your device's instruction manual or visit the manufacturer's website.
To check the network name (SSID) for Wireless Direct specified for the printer, display it using the operation
panel of the printer or print out the network settings information of the printer.
•
Display on the LCD.
•
LAN settings
•
Print the network settings.
•
Printing Network Settings
Check5
Check that wireless direct password set for printer is entered correctly.
To check the password specified for the printer, display it using the operation panel of the printer or print out
the network settings information of the printer.
• Display on the LCD.•
LAN settings
• Print the network settings.•
Printing Network Settings
Check6
Check that printer is not placed too far away from devices.
If the distance between the printer and devices is too far, wireless communication becomes poor. Place the
printer and devices close to each other.
Check7
Check that 5 devices are already connected.
Wireless Direct does not allow more than 5 devices to be connected.
394
Printer Does Not Print
Check1
Make sure printer is turned on.
If not, make sure the printer is securely plugged in and press ON button to turn on.
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Note
•
If you are printing large data such as photos or other graphics, printing may take longer to start. The ON
•
lamp flashes while the computer is processing data and sending it to the printer. Wait until printing starts.
Check2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When the
USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
•
If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
•
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device. Contact
the vendor of the relay device.
•
There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
•
If you use the printer with a network connection, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
Cannot Find Printer on Network
Note
•
IJ Network Device Setup Utility allows you to diagnose and repair the network status.
•
Select the link below to download IJ Network Device Setup Utility and install it.
Checking Printer Connection Status Using IJ Network Device Setup Utility
See below for starting up IJ Network Device Setup Utility.
For Windows:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
For macOS:
Starting Up IJ Network Device Setup Utility
Check3
Make sure paper settings match information set for rear tray.
If the paper settings do not match the information set for the rear tray, an error message appears on the LCD.
Follow the instructions on the LCD to solve the problem.
397
Note
•
You can select whether the message which prevents misprinting is displayed.
•
To change the message view setting when printing or copying using the printer's operation panel:
Feed settings
To change the message view setting when printing or copying using the printer driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
Check4
If printing from a computer, delete unnecessary print jobs.
•
For Windows:
•
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
•
For macOS:
•
Deleting the Undesired Print Job
Check5
Is your printer's printer driver selected when printing?
The printer will not print properly if you are using a printer driver for a different printer.
•
For Windows:
•
Make sure "Canon XXX series" (where "XXX" is your printer's name) is selected in the Print dialog box.
Note
•
If multiple printers are registered to your computer, set your printer as default printer to make the one
•
selected by default.
•
For macOS:
•
Make sure your printer's name is selected in Printer in the Print dialog.
Note
•
If multiple printers are registered to your computer, select Set as Default Printer from System
•
Preferences > Printers & Scanners for a printer to make the one selected by default.
Default Printer Keeps Changing (Windows)
Check6
Are you trying to print a large data file? (Windows)
If you are trying to print a large data file, it takes a long time to start printing.
If the printer does not start printing after a certain period of time, select On for Prevention of Print Data Loss on
the Print Options dialog box.
For details, refer to
Page Setup Tab Description.
Important
• Selecting On for Prevention of Print Data Loss may reduce print quality.•
398
• After printing is completed, select Off for Prevention of Print Data Loss.•
Check7
If printing from your computer, restart the computer.
Restart the computer and try printing again.
399
Ink Does Not Come Out
Check1
Make sure joint button is not lifted up.
Push the print head locking cover (A) to make sure the print head is installed properly.
Next, push the joint buttons (B) firmly to the end.
Important
• Make sure that the orange label and the protective tape have been removed, when installing the print•
head.
• Do not open the print head locking cover (A) carelessly. The ink may leak out.•
Check Installation of Print Head
400
Check2
Check the remaining ink level.
Checking Ink Level
Check3
Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Print the nozzle check pattern and make sure that the ink is coming out normally.
•
From the printer
•
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
•
From the computer
•
◦ For Windows:◦
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
◦ For macOS:◦
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If Printing
Is Faint or Uneven.
After printing the nozzle check pattern, see Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding
Colors/Streaks or Lines.
401
Printer Does Not Pick up or Feed the Paper/"No Paper" Error
Check1
Make sure paper is loaded.
Loading Paper
Check2
When loading paper, consider the following.
•
When loading two or more sheets of paper, align the edges of the sheets before loading the paper.
•
•
When loading two or more sheets of paper, make sure the paper stack does not exceed the paper load
•
limit.
However, paper may not feed correctly at the maximum capacity, depending on the type of paper or
environmental conditions (very high or low temperature and humidity). In such cases, reduce the amount of
paper you load at a time to less than half of the paper load limit.
•
Always load the paper in portrait orientation, regardless of the printing orientation.
•
•
When you load the paper on the rear tray, place the print side facing UP and align the right and left paper
•
guides with the paper stack.
Loading Paper
Check3
Is paper too thick or curled?
Unsupported Media Types
Check4
When loading envelopes, consider the following.
When printing on envelopes, see
Loading Envelopes, and prepare the envelopes before printing.
Once you have prepared the envelopes, load them in portrait orientation. If the envelopes are placed in
landscape orientation, they will not feed properly.
Check5
Make sure media type and paper size settings match with loaded paper.
Check6
Make sure that there are not any foreign objects in the rear tray.
If the paper tears in the rear tray, see
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed to remove it.
Remove any foreign objects from the rear tray.
If a foreign object is inside the rear tray, remove it according to the following procedure.
1. Turn off the power of the printer and disconnect the power plug from the outlet.1.
2. Open the feed slot cover.2.
402
3. Fold one A4 sheet in half and insert it horizontally into the rear tray.3.
Insert the paper so that your hand does not directly touch the part in the center of the rear tray when
removing the foreign object.
4.
Remove foreign object by hand with paper inserted.
4.
Put your hand between the paper you inserted and the rear tray to remove the foreign object.
403
5. Remove the folded paper inserted in step 3.5.
6. Close the feed slot cover slowly.6.
Important
• Do not tilt the printer or do not it upside down. Doing so may cause the ink to leak.
•
Check7
Clean paper feed roller.
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
Important
• Do not tilt the printer when moving it since the ink may leak out.
• When transporting the printer for repairing it, see Repairing Your Printer.
404
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
If the print results are unsatisfactory due to white streaks, misaligned/distorted lines, or uneven colors, check
the paper and print quality settings first.
Check1
Do page size and media type settings match size and type of loaded paper?
If these settings do not match, it is not possible to obtain the proper result.
If you are printing a photograph or an illustration, an incorrect paper type setting may reduce the quality of the
printout color.
Also, if you print with an incorrect paper type setting, the printed surface may be scratched.
In borderless printing, uneven coloring may occur depending on the combination of the paper type setting and
the loaded paper.
The method for checking the paper and print quality settings differs depending on what you are using your printer
for.
•
Copying/Printing
•
Check the settings using the operation panel.
Setting Items for Copying
•
Printing from your computer
•
Check the settings using the printer driver.
Basic Printing Setup
•
Printing from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device
•
Check the settings on your PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device or the operation panel.
PictBridge (Wi-Fi) Print Settings
PictBridge settings
• Printing from your smartphone/tablet using Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY•
Check the settings on Canon PRINT Inkjet/SELPHY.
Print Photos from Your Smartphone
Check2
Make sure appropriate print quality is selected (see list above).
Select a print quality suited to the paper and to what you are printing. If you notice blurs or uneven colors,
increase the print quality setting and retry the printing.
405
Note
•
When printing from a PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device, set the print quality setting using the operation
•
panel.
This setting cannot be made on the PictBridge (Wi-Fi) compliant device.
Check3
If problem is not resolved, click on illustration that corresponds to problem.
Printouts Are Blank
Blurry or Fuzzy
Inaccurate or
Bleeding Colors
Streaks or Lines
Lines Are
Misaligned/Distorted
Paper Is Smudged/
Printed Surface Is
Scratched
Ink Blots/Paper Curl
Vertical Line Next to
Image
406
Images Incomplete/
Cannot Complete
Printing
Lines Incomplete or
Missing (Windows)
Back of Paper Is
Smudged
Uneven Colors
Streaked Colors
Note
• This web page is a common page across models. Depending on the specifications of the printer you are•
using, some of the features described (scanner/copy, etc.) may not apply.
For details about the functions of your printer, see Specifications.
407
Printouts Are Blank/Blurry or Fuzzy/Inaccurate or Bleeding
Colors/Streaks or Lines
Check1
Make sure joint button is not lifted up.
Push the print head locking cover (A) to make sure the print head is installed properly.
Next, push the joint buttons (B) firmly to the end.
408
Important
•
Make sure that the orange label and the protective tape have been removed, when installing the print
•
head.
• Do not open the print head locking cover (A) carelessly. The ink may leak out.•
Check Installation of Print Head
Check2
Check paper and print quality settings.
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check3
Are the print head nozzles clogged?
Print the nozzle check pattern and make sure that the ink is coming out normally.
For details on printing the nozzle check pattern, print head cleaning, and print head deep cleaning, see If
Printing Is Faint or Uneven.
Step1
Print the nozzle check pattern.
After printing the nozzle check pattern, examine the pattern.
If the pattern is not printed correctly, go to the next step.
• From the printer•
Printing the Nozzle Check Pattern
• From the computer•
◦
For Windows:
◦
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
◦ For macOS:◦
Printing a Nozzle Check Pattern
Step2
Clean the print head.
After cleaning the print head, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
• From the printer•
Cleaning the Print Head
• From the computer•
◦ For Windows:◦
Clean the print head
◦
For macOS:
◦
Clean the print head
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step3
Clean the print head again.
After cleaning the print head again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step4
Clean the print head deeply.
After cleaning the print head deeply, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
•
From the printer
•
Deep Print Head Cleaning
409
• From the computer•
◦ For Windows:◦
Clean the print head deeply
◦ For macOS:◦
Clean the print head deeply
If it does not improve, turn off the printer, wait for more than 24 hours, and go to the next step.
Step5
Clean the print head deeply again.
After cleaning the print head deeply again, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
If it still does not improve, go to the next step.
Step6
Perform ink flush.
After performing ink flush, print the nozzle check pattern and check the result.
Ink flush consumes a great amount of ink. Frequent ink flush can rapidly consume ink, so perform it only when necessary.
How to Perform Ink Flush
Important
• Performing ink flush when the remaining ink level is not enough may damage the printer.•
Before performing ink flush, check the remaining ink level of all colors.
How to Perform Ink Flush
If the nozzle check pattern is not printed correctly even after performing ink flush, check the installing condition
of the print head.
Check Installation of Print Head
Check4
When an ink tank runs out of ink, refill the ink tank.
If the remaining ink level is below the lower limit line (A), refill the ink tank with the corresponding color of ink.
If you use the printer until the ink tank becomes empty, perform ink flush after refilling the ink tank.
Refilling Ink Tanks
How to Perform Ink Flush
Note
• The color of the printed image may differ from the color on the screen due to different coloration methods
between the display and the printer. Also, colors may vary depending on the environment in which you
are viewing the display and the color adjustment. For these reasons, the print result may not be the
same color.
Check5
Perform print head alignment.
If printed lines are misaligned/distorted or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head
position.
410
Aligning the Print Head
Note
• If the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment, perform print head alignment•
manually from your computer.
For Windows:
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually
Check6
When using paper with one printable surface, check the correct printable side
of the paper.
Printing on the wrong side of such paper may cause unclear prints or prints with reduced quality.
When you load paper on the rear tray, load paper with the printable side facing up.
Refer to the instruction manual supplied with the paper for detailed information on the printable side.
• When copying, see also the sections below:•
Check7
Is platen glass dirty?
Clean the platen glass.
Cleaning Platen and Document Cover
Check8
Make sure original is properly loaded on platen.
When you load the original on the platen, load it with the side to be copied facing down.
Loading Originals
Check9
Is copy source a printed paper by printer?
If you use a printout done by this printer as the original, print quality may be reduced depending on the
condition of the original.
Reprint from the computer if you can reprint from it.
Note
•
Although some air may enter the ink tube, it is not a malfunction. No problem if the nozzle check
pattern is printed correctly.
411
Lines Are Misaligned/Distorted
Check1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2
Perform print head alignment.
If printed lines are misaligned/distorted or print results are otherwise unsatisfactory, adjust the print head
position.
Aligning the Print Head
Note
•
If the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment, perform print head alignment
•
manually from your computer.
For Windows:
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually
Check3
Increase print quality and try printing again.
Increasing the print quality using the operation panel or the printer driver may improve the print result.
412
Paper Is Smudged/Printed Surface Is Scratched/Ink Blots/
Paper Curl
Check1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2
Check paper type.
Make sure you are using the right paper for what you are printing. To print data with high color saturation such as
photographs or images with dark colors, we recommend that you use Photo Paper Plus Glossy II or other Canon
specialty paper.
Supported Media Types
Check3
Correct curl before loading paper.
When using Photo Paper Plus Semi-gloss, even if the sheet is curled, load one sheet at a time as it is. Rolling
this paper in the opposite direction to flatten it may crack the paper surface and reduce the print quality.
We recommend putting unused paper back into the package and storing it flat.
•
Plain Paper
•
Turn the paper over and reload it to print on the other side.
• Other Paper such as envelope•
If the paper corners curl more than 0.1 in. / 3 mm (A) in height, the paper may smudge or may not feed
properly. Follow the instructions below to correct the paper curl.
1.
Roll up paper in opposite direction to paper curl as shown below.
1.
413
2. Check that paper is now flat.
2.
We recommend printing curl-corrected paper one sheet at a time.
Note
• Depending on paper type, the paper may smudge or may not feed properly even if it is not curled inward.•
Follow the instructions below to curl the paper outward up to 0.1 in. / 3 mm (C) in height before printing.
This may improve the print result.
(B) Print side
We recommend feeding paper that has been curled outward one sheet at a time.
Check4
Set printer to prevent paper abrasion.
Adjusting the setting to prevent paper abrasion will widen the clearance between the print head and the paper.
If you notice abrasion even with the media type set correctly to match the paper, set the printer to prevent paper
abrasion using the operation panel or the computer.
This may reduce the print speed.
* Once you have finished printing, undo this setting. Otherwise, it will apply to subsequent print jobs.
•
From operation panel
•
Press the Setup button and select Device settings > Print settings in this order, and then set Prevent
abrasion to ON.
Changing Settings from Operation Panel
• From computer (Windows):•
1. Check that printer is turned on.1.
2. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.2.
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool)
3. Select Custom Settings.3.
4.
Select Prevents paper abrasion check box and select OK.
4.
414
5.
Check message and select OK.
5.
• From computer (macOS):
•
Adjust the setting to prevent paper abrasion from Remote UI.
Opening Remote UI for Maintenance
Check5
If brightness is set low, increase brightness setting and try printing again.
If you are printing with a low brightness setting on plain paper, the paper may absorb too much ink and become
wavy, causing paper abrasion.
•
Printing from your computer (Windows)
•
Check the brightness setting in the printer driver.
Adjusting Brightness
•
Copying
•
Setting Items for Copying
Check6
Is platen glass dirty?
Clean the platen glass.
Cleaning Platen and Document Cover
Check7
Is paper feed roller dirty?
Clean paper feed roller.
Cleaning Paper Feed Rollers
Check8
Is inside of printer dirty?
During duplex printing, ink may stain the inside of the printer, smudging the printout.
Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of printer.
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Note
•
To prevent staining inside the printer, be sure to set the correct paper size.
•
Check9
Set longer ink drying time.
This allows the printed surface to dry, preventing smudges and scratches.
• For Windows:•
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2. Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.2.
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool)
3.
Select Custom Settings.
3.
415
Vertical Line Next to Image
Check
Is loaded paper size correct?
If the loaded paper is larger than the size you specified, vertical lines (A) may appear in the left margin or the
both margins.
Set the paper size to match the loaded paper.
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
Note
•
The direction or pattern of the vertical lines (A) may vary depending on the image data or the print setting.
•
•
This printer performs automatic cleaning when necessary to keep printouts clean. A small amount of ink is
•
ejected for cleaning.
Although the ink is normally ejected onto the ink absorber at the outer edge of the paper, it may get onto
the paper if the loaded paper is larger than the set size.
417
Images Incomplete/Cannot Complete Printing
If the printing of photos, images, stops in the middle of printing and cannot be printed to the end, check the
following items.
Check1
Select setting not to compress printing data. (Windows)
If you select the setting not to compress the printing data with an application software you are using, the printing
result may be improved.
Click Print Options on Page Setup sheet of the printer driver. Select the Do not allow application software to
compress print data check box and click OK.
Important
•
Clear the check box once printing is complete.
•
Check2
Are you trying to print a large data file? (Windows)
If you are trying to print a large data file, printing may not be performed properly due to missing print data.
Select On for Prevention of Print Data Loss on the Print Options dialog box of the printer driver.
For details, refer to Page Setup Tab Description.
Important
•
Selecting On for Prevention of Print Data Loss may reduce print quality.
•
•
After printing is completed, select Off for Prevention of Print Data Loss.
•
Check3
Your hard disk may not have sufficient free space to store job.
Delete unnecessary files to free up disk space.
418
Lines Incomplete or Missing (Windows)
Check1
Are you using Page Layout Printing or Binding Margin function?
When the Page Layout Printing or Binding margin function is in use, thin lines may not be printed. Try thickening
the lines in the document.
Check2
Are you trying to print a large data file? (Windows)
If you are trying to print a large data file, printing may not be performed properly due to missing print data.
Select On for Prevention of Print Data Loss on the Print Options dialog box of the printer driver.
For details, refer to Page Setup Tab Description.
Important
•
Selecting On for Prevention of Print Data Loss may reduce print quality.
•
•
After printing is completed, select Off for Prevention of Print Data Loss.
•
419
Back of Paper Is Smudged
Check1
Check paper and print quality settings.
Printout (Copy) Results Are Unsatisfactory
Check2
Perform bottom plate cleaning to clean inside of printer.
Cleaning Inside the Printer (Bottom Plate Cleaning)
Note
•
During borderless printing, duplex printing, or too much printing, ink may stain the inside of the printer.
•
420
Uneven or Streaked Colors
Check1
Increase print quality and try printing again.
Increasing the print quality using the operation panel or the printer driver may improve the print result.
Check2
Perform print head alignment.
Aligning the Print Head
Note
•
For Windows, if the problem is not resolved after performing the print head alignment, perform print head
•
alignment manually from your computer.
For Windows:
Adjusting Print Head Position Manually
Note
• Although some air may enter the ink tube, it is not a malfunction. No problem if the nozzle check pattern
is printed correctly.
421
Scanner Does Not Work
Check 1
Make sure that your scanner or printer is turned on.
Check 2
Connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the computer.
Check 3
If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub, remove it from the USB hub and
connect it to a USB port on the computer.
Check 4
With network connection, check the connection status and reconnect as
needed.
Check 5
Restart the computer.
424
ScanGear (Scanner Driver) Does Not Start
Check 1
Make sure MP Drivers is installed.
If not installed, install MP Drivers from the Setup CD-ROM or our website.
Check 2
Select your scanner or printer on the application's menu.
Important
•
If your scanner or printer name is displayed multiple times, select the one that does not include WIA.
Note
•
The operation may differ depending on the application.
•
Use the WIA driver when scanning from a WIA-compliant application.
•
Scanning with WIA Driver
Check 3
Make sure that the application supports TWAIN.
You cannot start ScanGear (scanner driver) from applications not supporting TWAIN.
Check 4
Scan and save images with IJ Scan Utility and open the files in your
application.
425
Scanner Does Not Work
Check 1
Check that your scanner or printer is turned on.
Check 2
With network connection, check the connection status and reconnect as
needed.
Check 3
With USB connection, connect the USB cable to a different USB port on the
computer.
Check 4
If the USB cable is connected to a USB hub, remove it from the USB hub and
connect it to a USB port on the computer.
Check 5
Restart the computer.
Check 6
To scan from the printer's operation panel with USB connection, click Scan-
from-Operation-Panel Settings in the Settings (General Settings) dialog, and then
check that the following checkboxes are selected.
•
Your scanner or printer
•
Enables scanning from the operation panel
428
Scanner Driver Does Not Start
Check 1
Make sure the application software supports AirPrint.
Check 2
Select your scanner or printer on the application's menu.
Note
• The operation may differ depending on the application.
Check 3
Scan and save images with IJ Scan Utility Lite and open the files in your
application.
Check 4
Your scanner may be locked. (Personal scanners only)
If IJ Scan Utility Lite or the application is running, exit it. Slide the scanner lock switch to the release position
( ), then reconnect the USB cable.
429
Printer Does Not Turn On
Check1
Press ON button.
Power Supply
Check2
Make sure power plug is securely connected to printer, and then turn on again.
Check3
Unplug printer, leave it for at least 2 minutes, and then plug it back in and turn
on again.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
• Do not tilt the printer when moving it since the ink may leak out.
• When transporting the printer for repairing it, see Repairing Your Printer.
431
Printer Turns Off Unexpectedly or Repeatedly
Check
If printer is set to turn off automatically after a certain time, disable this setting.
If you have set the printer to turn off automatically after a specified time, the power will shut off by itself once that
time has elapsed.
Note
•
If this setting is changed, power consumption may increase.
•
• To disable the setting from the operation panel:•
1.
Check that printer is turned on.
1.
2.
Press the Setup button, use the button to select ECO settings, and press the OK
2.
button.
LCD and Operation Panel
3.
Use the button to select Auto power off and then press the OK button.
3.
4.
Use the button to select OFF and then press the OK button.
4.
The setting to shut off the power automatically is disabled.
•
To disable the setting from the computer:
•
For Windows, use Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool or ScanGear (scanner driver) to disable the setting.
Follow the procedure below to disable the setting using Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
1.
Open Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool.
1.
Opening the Maintenance Tool (Canon IJ Printer Assistant Tool)
2. Select Auto Power.2.
3.
Select Disable for Auto Power Off.
3.
4. Select OK.4.
5. Select OK on the displayed screen.5.
The setting to shut off the power automatically is disabled.
432
Note
• See below for details on how to disable the setting from ScanGear (scanner driver).•
Scanner Tab
433
USB Connection Problems
If the printer connected to the computer via USB is not recognized, check the following items.
USB Connection Not Recognized
The following problems may occur even though the USB connection is recognized.
• Printing (scanning) is slow.
• Hi-Speed USB connection does not work.
• A message such as "This device can perform faster" appears. (Windows)
If the above is the case, check the following.
USB Connection Does Not Work Properly
Note
• If your system environment does not support Hi-Speed USB, the printer operates at the slower speed
of Full-Speed or Low-Speed. In this case, the printer works properly but printing or scanning speed may
slow down due to the communication speed.
USB Connection Not Recognized
Check1
Check that printer is turned on.
Check2
Connect USB cable properly.
As the illustration below, the USB port is at the back of the printer.
Important
•
Check the orientation of the "Type-B" connector and connect to the printer. For details, refer to the
instruction manual supplied with the USB cable.
Check3
Check that Enable bidirectional support is selected in Ports sheet of
Printer properties dialog box. (Windows)
434
If not, select it to enable bidirectional support.
Opening Printer Driver's Setup Screen
USB Connection Does Not Work Properly
Check
Check following to make sure your system environment supports Hi-Speed
USB connection.
•
Does the USB port on your computer support Hi-Speed USB connection?•
•
Does the USB cable or the USB hub support Hi-Speed USB connection?
•
Be sure to use a certified Hi-Speed USB cable. We recommend that the USB cable be no longer than 10
feet / 3 meters or so.
•
Is the Hi-Speed USB driver working properly on your computer?
•
Make sure the latest Hi-Speed USB driver is working properly and install the latest version of the
Hi-Speed USB driver for your computer, if necessary.
Important
•
For more information, contact the manufacturer of your computer, USB cable, or USB hub.
•
435
Wrong Language Appears in LCD
Follow the instructions below to select your language.
1.
Press Setup button and wait a little.
1.
2.
Press button 1 times and press OK button.
2.
3.
Press button 5 times and press OK button.
3.
4.
Use button to select language for LCD and press OK button.
4.
The desired language appears on the LCD.
436
Failed to MP Drivers (Printer Driver) Installation (Windows)
If the MP Drivers (Printer Driver) were not installed correctly, make sure that all Windows Updates have
been applied. If all Windows Updates have not been applied, apply all Windows Updates.
After confirming Windows Update, perform the following operations to install the MP Drivers (Printer
Driver).
1.
Open screen to uninstall MP Drivers (Printer Driver).
1.
For Windows 10:
Select Settings > Apps.
For Windows 8.1 / Windows 7:
Select Control Panel > Programs and Features.
2. Check if there is "Canon XXX series MP Drivers" or "Canon XXX series Printer Driver"2.
you want to install in list.
"XXX" is the model name.
3.
If you find MP Drivers (Printer Driver) for printer you want to install, uninstall it.
3.
If not found, proceed to the next step.
4. Restart computer.4.
After restarting, install the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver).
438
Updating MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in Network Environment
(Windows)
Download the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver) in advance.
Download the latest MP Drivers (Printer Driver) for your model on the download page of the Canon website.
After the download is completed, overwrite and install the new version of the MP Drivers (Printer Driver)
according to the specified installation procedure.
Note
• The network settings on the printer are not affected, so the printer can be used on the network without
redoing settings.
439
Four-Digit Alphanumeric Characters Appear on LCD
A message appears on the printer's LCD or your computer screen.
Some errors may display four-digit alphanumeric characters along with the error message. The characters
represent a "support code" (error number).
For details on each support code, see List of Support Code for Error.
441
When Error Occurred
If an error occurs in printing, for example, if the paper runs out or jams, a troubleshooting message appears
automatically. For some errors, a support code (error number) is also displayed.
Take the appropriate action described in the message.
When a Support Code and a Message are displayed on the Computer
Screen (Windows):
When a Support Code and a Message are displayed on the Printer's
LCD:
For details on how to resolve errors with Support Codes, see List of Support Code for Error.
For details on how to resolve errors without Support Codes, see Message (Support Code) Appears.
442
Message (Support Code) Appears
This section describes some of the messages that may appear.
Note
• A support code (error number) is displayed for some errors. For details on errors that have support
code, see List of Support Code for Error.
If a message appears on the printer's LCD, see below.
Message Appears on Printer's LCD
If a message appears on the computer, see below.
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows)
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Other Error Messages (Windows)
Message Appears on Printer's LCD
Check the message and take appropriate action.
• Cannot connect to the server; try again•
The printer cannot connect to the server due to a communication error.
Press the printer's OK button to cancel the error and try again after a while.
Error Regarding Power Cord Being Unplugged Is Displayed (Windows)
The printer may have been unplugged while it was on.
Check the error message that appears on the computer and click OK.
The printer starts printing.
See
Unplugging the Printer to unplug the printer correctly.
Writing Error/Output Error/Communication Error (Windows)
Check1
If the ON lamp is off, make sure printer is plugged in and turn on.
The ON lamp flashes while the printer is initializing. Wait until the ON lamp stops flashing and remains lit.
Check2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
If you are using a USB cable, make sure it is securely connected to both the printer and the computer. When
the USB cable is securely plugged in, check the following:
• If you are using a relay device such as a USB hub, disconnect it, connect the printer directly to the
computer, and retry the printing. If printing starts normally, there is a problem with the relay device.
Contact the vendor of the relay device.
• There could also be a problem with the USB cable. Replace the USB cable and retry the printing.
If you use the printer over a LAN, make sure the printer is correctly set up for network use.
443
Check3
Make sure MP Drivers are installed correctly.
Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers and click
here to reinstall them.
Check4
When printer is connected to your computer with a USB cable, check device
status from your computer.
Follow the procedure below to check the device status.
1.
Select Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Device Manager.
1.
Note
•
If the User Account Control screen appears, select Continue.
2. Open USB Printing Support Properties.2.
Double-click Universal Serial Bus controllers and USB Printing Support.
Note
• If the USB Printing Support Properties screen does not appear, make sure the printer is•
correctly connected to the computer.
Check2
Make sure printer is properly connected to computer.
3.
Click General tab and check for a device problem.
3.
If a device error is shown, see Windows Help to resolve it.
Other Error Messages (Windows)
Check
If an error message appears outside printer status monitor, check the
following:
•
"Could not spool successfully due to insufficient disk space"
•
Delete any unnecessary files to increase the amount of free space on the disk.
• "Could not spool successfully due to insufficient memory"•
Close other applications to increase the available memory.
If you still cannot print, restart your computer and retry the printing.
• "Printer driver could not be found"•
Uninstall the MP Drivers following the procedure described in Deleting the Unnecessary MP Drivers and
click here to reinstall them.
• "Could not print Application name - File name"•
Try printing again once the current job is complete.
444
List of Support Code for Error
Support code appears on the printer's LCD and your computer screen when errors occur.
A "support code" is an error number, and appears along with an error message.
When an error occurs, check the support code and take the appropriate action in response.
Support Code Appears on Printer's LCD and Computer Screen
• 1000 to 1ZZZ•
1000 1070 1200 1215 1300 1366 1368 1431 1432 1470 1471 1472
1473 1474 1476 1496 15A0 15A1 1640 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727
1890 1892
• 2000 to 2ZZZ•
2114 2123 2200 2500 2700
• 3000 to 3ZZZ•
3252 3402 3403 3405 3407 3410 3411 3412 3413 3438 3440 3441
3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3449
• 4000 to 4ZZZ•
4103 4104 495A
• 5000 to 5ZZZ•
5011
5012
5050
5100
5200
5205
5206
5400
5700
5C30
•
6000 to 6ZZZ
•
6000
6500
6800
6801
6900
6901
6902
6910
6930
6931
6932
6933
6936
6937
6938
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6D01
•
7000 to 7ZZZ
•
7500
7600
7700
7800
445
What to Do When Paper Is Jammed
If paper jams, remove it following the appropriate procedure as shown below.
• If you can see the jammed paper at the paper output slot or the rear tray:•
1300
• If the paper tears and you cannot remove it from the paper output slot or if the paper is jammed inside•
the printer:
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
• Cases other than above:•
Other Cases
447
1300
Cause
Paper is jammed when feeding paper from rear tray.
What to Do
Remove the jammed paper following the instructions below.
1.
Slowly pull out paper, either from paper output slot or from rear tray, whichever is easier.
1.
Hold the paper with both hands, and pull it out slowly so as not to tear it.
Note
• If you cannot pull out the paper, turn the printer back on without pulling forcibly. The paper may
be ejected automatically.
• If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, press
the printer's Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
• If the paper tears and you cannot remove the jammed paper from the paper output slot or the•
rear tray, remove the paper from inside the printer.
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
2.
Reload paper and press printer's OK button.
2.
The printer resumes printing. Reprint the page you were printing if it was not printed properly due to
the paper jam.
If you turned off the printer in step 1, all jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing.
Note
•
When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
•
We recommend using paper sizes other than A5 to print documents with photos or graphics. A5
paper may curl and jam as it leaves the printer.
448
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
Important
• Do not tilt the printer when moving it since the ink may leak out.
• When transporting the printer for repairing it, see Repairing Your Printer.
449
Paper Is Jammed inside Printer
If the jammed paper tears and you cannot remove the paper either from the paper output slot or the feed
slot, or if the jammed paper remains inside the printer, remove the paper following the instructions below.
Note
• If paper becomes jammed during printing and you need to turn off the printer to remove it, press the
printer's Stop button to stop the printing before you turn off the printer.
1.
Turn off printer and unplug it.
1.
2.
Open scanning unit / cover.
2.
Important
• Do not touch clear film (A), white belt (B), or tubes (C).•
If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
3.
Check if jammed paper is under print head holder.
3.
If the jammed paper is under the print head holder, move the print head holder to the far right or left,
whichever makes it easier to remove the paper.
When moving the print head holder, hold the top of the print head holder and slide it slowly to the far
right or left.
450
4.
Hold jammed paper firmly in both hands.
4.
If the paper is rolled up, pull out it.
5.
Slowly pull out paper, so as not to tear it.
5.
Pull out the paper at an angle of about 45 degrees.
451
6.
Make sure all jammed paper is removed.
6.
If the paper tears when you pull out it, a bit of paper may remain in the printer. Check the following and
remove any remaining paper.
• Any paper left under the print head holder?
• Any small bits of paper left in the printer?
• Any paper left in the left and right empty spaces (D) in the printer?
7.
Close scanning unit / cover gently.
7.
To close the scanning unit / cover, hold it up once, and then take it down gently.
8.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
8.
All jobs in the print queue are canceled. Redo the printing.
Note
•
When reloading the paper, make sure you are using suitable paper and loading it correctly.
•
452
If a paper jam message appears on the printer's LCD or on your computer screen when you
resume printing after removing all the jammed paper, there may be some paper still inside the
printer. Check the printer again for any remaining bits of paper.
If the measures above do not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a
repair.
Important
• Do not tilt the printer when moving it since the ink may leak out.
• When transporting the printer for repairing it, see Repairing Your Printer.
453
1000
Cause
Possible causes include the following.
• There is no paper in the rear tray.
• Paper is not loaded in the rear tray properly.
What to Do
Take the corresponding actions below.
• Load paper in the rear tray.•
Loading Plain Paper / Photo Paper
Loading Envelopes
• Align the paper guides of the rear tray with both edges of the paper.•
• Close the feed slot cover.•
After carrying out the above measures, press the printer's OK button to cancel the error.
454
Note
• To cancel printing, press the printer's Stop button.
No Paper during Printer Setup
Load two or more sheets of A4 or Letter size plain paper in the rear tray.
Note
• After loading the paper, align the paper guides of the rear tray with both edges of the paper.•
Press the printer's OK button to cancel the error.
Note
• If you are printing a print head alignment sheet during printer setup, do not cancel printing.
455
1200
Cause
Scanning unit / cover is open.
What to Do
Close the scanning unit / cover and wait for a while.
Do not forget to close it, such as after refilling ink tanks.
457
1496
Cause
The maintenance cartridge cannot be recognized.
The maintenance cartridge may not be installed properly or may not be compatible with this printer.
What to Do
Turn off the printer, remove the maintenance cartridge, and then reinstall it correctly.
Refer to
Replacing Maintenance Cartridge for details on removing and installing the maintenance
cartridge.
459
1640
Cause
The remaining ink level in one of the ink tanks may have reached the lower limit line shown on the ink
tank.
What to Do
To check the remaining ink level, visually inspect the remaining ink in the ink tank.
If the remaining ink level is below the lower limit line, refill the ink tank with the corresponding color of ink
by following the printer's instructions.
Refilling Ink Tanks
If printing is continued when the remaining ink level is below the lower limit line, the printer may consume
a certain amount of ink to return to printable status.
460
1725
Cause
The maintenance cartridge cannot be recognized.
The maintenance cartridge may not be installed properly or may not be compatible with this printer.
What to Do
Turn off the printer, remove the maintenance cartridge, and then reinstall it correctly.
Refer to
Replacing Maintenance Cartridge for details on removing and installing the maintenance
cartridge.
463
1726
Cause
The maintenance cartridge is full.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and then replace the maintenance cartridge.
Replacing Maintenance Cartridge
Note
• The condition of the maintenance cartridge when this error is displayed will depend on where and•
how the printer is used.
When this message is displayed, you must replace the maintenance cartridge.
464
1727
Cause
The maintenance cartridge is almost full.
What to Do
The printer will not be able to print with a full maintenance cartridge.
Press the printer's OK button to cancel the error and then prepare a new maintenance cartridge.
For details on the maintenance cartridge, see Replacing Maintenance Cartridge.
465
Shipping Tape etc. Are Still Attached (1890)
Cause
Shipping tape or protective material may still be attached to print head holder.
What to Do
Open the scanning unit / cover and make sure that shipping tape and protective material have been
removed from the print head holder.
If the shipping tape or protective material is still there, remove it and close the scanning unit / cover.
In the case of the first printer setup, click here, select your printer name on the page, and follow the
instructions.
466
2114
Cause
Paper settings specified when printing/copying do not match the paper information for the rear tray
registered on the printer.
Note
• For the appropriate combination of the paper settings specified on the printer driver and the paper•
information registered on the printer, refer to the following.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
• For copying, make the paper settings for copying match the paper information for the rear tray
registered on the printer.
• For how to register paper information on the printer, refer to the following.•
Paper Settings
If the paper settings specified when printing differ from the paper information for the rear tray registered
on the printer, the following message appears on the printer's LCD.
• Paper settings specified on the printer driver when printing:•
Paper size: A5
Media type: Plain paper
• Paper information for the rear tray registered on the printer:•
Paper size: A4
Media type: Plain paper
What to Do
Press the printer's OK button to display the screen below.
Use the buttons to select the appropriate action and press the printer's OK button.
Note
• Depending on the settings, some of the options below may not be displayed.
Print on set paper
Select this option to print/copy on the loaded paper with the paper settings specified when printing/
copying.
467
For example, when the paper size specified when printing is A5 and the paper information for the rear
tray is registered as A4, select this option to print on an A4 paper loaded in the rear tray with the A5
setting.
Replace the paper
Select this option to print/copy after changing the paper in the rear tray.
For example, when the paper size specified when printing is A5 and the paper information for the rear
tray is registered as A4, select this option to print after changing the paper in the rear tray with an A5
paper.
After changing the paper, the paper information registration screen for the rear tray appears. Register
the paper information on the printer according to the loaded paper.
Note
• For the appropriate combination of the paper settings specified on the printer driver and the•
paper information registered on the printer, refer to the following.
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Media Type) (Windows)
Paper Settings on the Printer Driver and the Printer (Paper Size) (Windows)
Cancel
Cancels printing/copying.
Select this option when you want to change the paper settings specified when printing/copying.
Change the paper settings and try printing/copying again.
Note
• You can configure the setting to hide the misprint prevention message. When set to hide the•
message, printing/copying begins regardless of whether the paper settings specified when printing/
copying and the paper information of the rear tray registered on the printer match.
To change whether to display the misprint prevention message when printing/copying without
using the printer driver:
Feed settings
To change whether to display the misprint prevention message when printing using the printer
driver:
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (Windows)
Changing the Printer Operation Mode (macOS)
468
2200
Cause
An internal part will need replacing soon.
What to Do
Press the printer's OK button to cancel the error.
Contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair as soon as possible.
You cannot replace the internal parts of the printer yourself.
Important
• Do not tilt the printer when moving it since the ink may leak out.
• When transporting the printer for repair, see Repairing Your Printer.
469
3252
Cause
The maintenance cartridge is almost full.
What to Do
The printer will not be able to print with a full maintenance cartridge.
Press the printer's OK button to clear the error message.
470
4103
Cause
Cannot perform printing with current print settings.
What to Do
Press the printer's Stop button to cancel printing.
Change the print settings specified when printing and retry printing.
471
5011
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
• Do not tilt the printer when moving it since the ink may leak out.
• When transporting the printer for repairing it, see Repairing Your Printer.
472
5012
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
• Do not tilt the printer when moving it since the ink may leak out.
• When transporting the printer for repairing it, see Repairing Your Printer.
473
5100
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
If you are printing, press the printer's Stop button to cancel printing, then turn off the printer.
Check the following:
• Make sure print head holder motion is not impeded by protective material and tape for securing the•
print head holder, jammed paper, etc.
Remove any impediment.
Important
• When clearing an impediment to print head holder motion, be careful not to touch clear film (A),•
white belt (B), or tubes (C).
If you soil or scratch this part by touching it with paper or your hand, it could damage the printer.
Turn the printer back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
• Do not tilt the printer when moving it since the ink may leak out.
• When transporting the printer for repairing it, see Repairing Your Printer.
474
5200
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Important
• Perform all of the following steps in order.•
Changing the order or omitting steps may cause other problems.
1.
Check the remaining ink level, and then refill the ink tanks if necessary.
1.
2.
Turn off printer and unplug it.
2.
3. Plug in printer again and turn it back on.3.
4.
Perform print head Cleaning.
4.
5.
Perform Ink Flush.
5.
No Deep Cleaning is required.
If the error recurs after taking the above actions, you may be able to resolve it by replacing the print
heads.
For details, click here.
Important
• If the error recurs after replacing the print heads, contact your nearest Canon service center to
request a repair.
• Do not tilt the printer when moving it since the ink may leak out.
•
When transporting the printer for repairing it, see Repairing Your Printer.
Note
• See below for Cleaning and Ink Flush instructions.•
From the computer:
The Cleaning procedure is explained at the beginning of the following page, and Ink Flush
procedure is explained at the end of the page. (No Deep Cleaning is required.)
Cleaning the Print Heads (Windows)
Cleaning the Print Heads (macOS)
From the printer's operation panel:
Be sure to perform Ink Flush after Cleaning.
Cleaning the Print Head
475
How to Perform Ink Flush
476
6000
Cause
Printer error has occurred.
What to Do
Turn off the printer and unplug it.
Plug in the printer again and turn it back on.
If this does not solve the problem, contact your nearest Canon service center to request a repair.
Important
• Do not tilt the printer when moving it since the ink may leak out.
• When transporting the printer for repairing it, see Repairing Your Printer.
477
